1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
16 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
17 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
18 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
19 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
20 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/APValue.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
28 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
29 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
30 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
31 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
32 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
33 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
34 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
35 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
36 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
37 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
38 // FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's)
39 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
40 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
41 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
42 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
43 #include <algorithm>
44 #include <cstring>
45 #include <functional>
46 using namespace clang;
47 using namespace sema;
48 
49 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
50   if (OwnedType) {
51     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
52     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
53   }
54 
55   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
56 }
57 
58 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
59 /// return the declaration of that type.
60 ///
61 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
62 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
63 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
64 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
65 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
66 ///
67 /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain
68 /// and then return NULL.
69 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
70                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
71                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
72                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
73                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
74   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
75   DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
76   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
77     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
78     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
79       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
80   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
81     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
82 
83     if (!LookupCtx) {
84       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
85         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
86         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
87         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
88         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
89         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
90         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
91         //
92         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
93         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
94         if (!isClassName)
95           return ParsedType();
96 
97         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
98         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
99         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
100           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
101 
102         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
103         QualType T =
104           CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
105                             II, NameLoc);
106 
107           return ParsedType::make(T);
108       }
109 
110       return ParsedType();
111     }
112 
113     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
114         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
115       return ParsedType();
116   }
117 
118   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
119   // lookup for class-names.
120   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
121                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
122   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
123   if (LookupCtx) {
124     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
125     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
126     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
127     // nested-name-specifier.
128     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
129 
130     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
131       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
132       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
133       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
134       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
135       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
136       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
137       LookupName(Result, S);
138     }
139   } else {
140     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
141     LookupName(Result, S);
142   }
143 
144   NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0;
145   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
146   case LookupResult::NotFound:
147   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
148   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
149   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
150     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
151     return ParsedType();
152 
153   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
154     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
155     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
156     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
157     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
158     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
159     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
160       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
161       return ParsedType();
162     }
163 
164     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
165     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
166          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
167       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
168         if (!IIDecl ||
169             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
170               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
171           IIDecl = *Res;
172       }
173     }
174 
175     if (!IIDecl) {
176       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
177       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
178       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
179       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
180       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
181       // a type name.
182       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
183       return ParsedType();
184     }
185 
186     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
187     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
188     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
189     // perform the name lookup again.
190     break;
191 
192   case LookupResult::Found:
193     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
194     break;
195   }
196 
197   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
198 
199   QualType T;
200   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
201     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
202 
203     if (T.isNull())
204       T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
205 
206     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
207       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
208         // Construct a type with type-source information.
209         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
210         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
211 
212         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
213         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
214         ElabTL.setKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
215         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
216         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
217       } else {
218         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
219       }
220     }
221   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
222     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
223     if (!HasTrailingDot)
224       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
225   }
226 
227   if (T.isNull()) {
228     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
229     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
230     return ParsedType();
231   }
232   return ParsedType::make(T);
233 }
234 
235 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
236 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
237 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
238 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose cases in C
239 /// where the user forgot to specify the tag.
240 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
241   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
242   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
243   LookupName(R, S, false);
244   R.suppressDiagnostics();
245   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
246     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
247       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
248       default:         return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
249       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
250       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
251       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
252       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
253       }
254     }
255 
256   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
257 }
258 
259 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
260 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
261 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
262 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
263 /// @code
264 /// template<class T> class A {
265 /// public:
266 ///   typedef int TYPE;
267 /// };
268 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
269 /// public:
270 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
271 /// };
272 /// @endcode
273 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
274   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
275     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
276 
277     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
278     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(),
279           BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base)
280       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType()))
281         return true;
282   }
283   return false;
284 }
285 
286 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
287                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
288                                    Scope *S,
289                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
290                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType) {
291   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
292   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
293 
294   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
295   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
296   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, IILoc),
297                                              LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, NULL,
298                                              false, CTC_Type)) {
299     std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOptions()));
300     std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOptions()));
301 
302     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
303       // We corrected to a keyword.
304       // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it.
305       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
306         << &II << CorrectedQuotedStr;
307       return true;
308     } else {
309       NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
310       if ((isa<TypeDecl>(Result) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Result)) &&
311           !Result->isInvalidDecl()) {
312         // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
313         if (!SS || !SS->isSet())
314           Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
315             << &II << CorrectedQuotedStr
316             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
317         else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
318           Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
319             << &II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange()
320             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
321         else
322           llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
323 
324         Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
325           << CorrectedQuotedStr;
326 
327         SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS,
328                                     false, false, ParsedType(),
329                                     /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
330         return true;
331       }
332     }
333   }
334 
335   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
336     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
337     UnqualifiedId Name;
338     Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc);
339     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
340     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
341     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
342     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
343                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
344                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
345       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>();
346       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
347       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
348         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
349           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
350       }
351       return true;
352     }
353   }
354 
355   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
356   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
357 
358   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
359     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II;
360   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
361     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
362       << &II << DC << SS->getRange();
363   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
364     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
365     if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS))
366       DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing;
367 
368     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
369       << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName()
370       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
371       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
372     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc).get();
373   } else {
374     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
375            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
376   }
377 
378   return true;
379 }
380 
381 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
382 /// or
383 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
384   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
385                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
386 
387   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
388     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
389       return true;
390 
391     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
392       return true;
393   }
394 
395   return false;
396 }
397 
398 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
399                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
400                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
401                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
402                                             const Token &NextToken) {
403   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
404   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
405 
406   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
407     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
408                                 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false);
409 
410   }
411 
412   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
413   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
414 
415   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
416   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
417   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
418   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
419   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
420     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
421     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
422       return E;
423   }
424 
425   bool SecondTry = false;
426   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
427 
428 Corrected:
429   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
430   case LookupResult::NotFound:
431     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
432     // call.
433     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
434       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
435       // FIXME: Reference?
436       if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
437         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
438 
439       // C90 6.3.2.2:
440       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
441       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
442       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
443       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
444       //   the function call, the declaration
445       //
446       //     extern int identifier ();
447       //
448       //   appeared.
449       //
450       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
451       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
452         Result.addDecl(D);
453         Result.resolveKind();
454         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
455       }
456     }
457 
458     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
459     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
460     // "struct", or "union".
461     if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry) {
462       Result.clear(LookupTagName);
463       LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
464       if (TagDecl *Tag = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
465         const char *TagName = 0;
466         const char *FixItTagName = 0;
467         switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
468           case TTK_Class:
469             TagName = "class";
470             FixItTagName = "class ";
471             break;
472 
473           case TTK_Enum:
474             TagName = "enum";
475             FixItTagName = "enum ";
476             break;
477 
478           case TTK_Struct:
479             TagName = "struct";
480             FixItTagName = "struct ";
481             break;
482 
483           case TTK_Union:
484             TagName = "union";
485             FixItTagName = "union ";
486             break;
487         }
488 
489         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
490           << Name << TagName << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
491           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
492         break;
493       }
494 
495       Result.clear(LookupOrdinaryName);
496     }
497 
498     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
499     // close to this name.
500     if (!SecondTry) {
501       SecondTry = true;
502       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
503                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S, &SS)) {
504         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
505         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
506         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOptions()));
507         std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOptions()));
508 
509         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
510         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
511           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0;
512         if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
513             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
514           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
515           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
516         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
517                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
518                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
519                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
520            UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
521            QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
522          }
523 
524         if (SS.isEmpty())
525           Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag)
526             << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr
527             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr);
528         else
529           Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag)
530             << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr
531             << SS.getRange()
532             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr);
533 
534         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
535         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
536 
537         // Also update the LookupResult...
538         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
539         Result.clear();
540         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
541         if (FirstDecl) Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
542 
543         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
544         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
545           return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
546 
547         if (FirstDecl)
548           Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
549             << CorrectedQuotedStr;
550 
551         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
552         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
553         // reference the ivar.
554         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
555         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
556           Result.clear();
557           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
558           return move(E);
559         }
560 
561         goto Corrected;
562       }
563     }
564 
565     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
566     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
567     return NameClassification::Unknown();
568 
569   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
570     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
571     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
572     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
573 
574     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
575     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
576     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
577     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
578     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
579     //
580     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
581     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
582     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
583     // keyword here.
584     return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/0);
585 
586   case LookupResult::Found:
587   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
588   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
589     break;
590 
591   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
592     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
593         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
594       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
595       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
596       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
597       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
598       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
599       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
600       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
601       //   ambiguous.
602       //
603       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
604       // so try again after filtering out template names.
605       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
606       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
607         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
608         break;
609       }
610     }
611 
612     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
613     return NameClassification::Error();
614   }
615 
616   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
617       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
618     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
619     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
620     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
621     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
622     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
623     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
624     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
625       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
626 
627     if (!Result.empty()) {
628       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
629       TemplateName Template;
630       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
631         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
632         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
633                                                      Result.end());
634       } else {
635         TemplateDecl *TD
636           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
637         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
638 
639         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
640           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
641                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
642                                                       TD);
643         else
644           Template = TemplateName(TD);
645       }
646 
647       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
648         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
649         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
650         // to based on which function we selected.
651         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
652 
653         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
654       }
655 
656       return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
657     }
658   }
659 
660   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
661   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
662     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
663     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
664     return ParsedType::make(T);
665   }
666 
667   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
668   if (!Class) {
669     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
670     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias
671                                 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
672       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
673   }
674 
675   if (Class) {
676     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
677 
678     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
679       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
680       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
681       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
682       return NameClassification::Unknown();
683     }
684 
685     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
686     return ParsedType::make(T);
687   }
688 
689   if (!Result.empty() && (*Result.begin())->isCXXClassMember())
690     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, Result, 0);
691 
692   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
693   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
694 }
695 
696 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
697 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
698 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
699 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
700 
701   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
702   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
703   // the context we'll need to return to.
704   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) {
705     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
706 
707     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
708     // lexical context.
709     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
710       return DC;
711 
712     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
713     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
714     // class is the context we need to return to.
715     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
716       DC = RD;
717 
718     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
719     // declared in.
720     return DC;
721   }
722 
723   return DC->getLexicalParent();
724 }
725 
726 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
727   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
728       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
729   CurContext = DC;
730   S->setEntity(DC);
731 }
732 
733 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
734   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
735 
736   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
737   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
738 }
739 
740 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
741 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
742 ///
743 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
744   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
745   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
746   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
747   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
748   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
749   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
750   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
751   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
752   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
753   //   namespace.
754   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
755   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
756   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
757   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
758   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
759 
760   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
761 
762 #ifndef NDEBUG
763   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
764   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
765   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
766 #endif
767 
768   CurContext = DC;
769   S->setEntity(DC);
770 }
771 
772 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
773   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
774 
775   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
776   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
777   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
778   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
779   CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity();
780 
781   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
782   // disappear.
783 }
784 
785 
786 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
787   FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
788   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
789     // We assume that the caller has already called
790     // ActOnReenterTemplateScope
791     FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl();
792   }
793   if (!FD)
794     return;
795 
796   PushDeclContext(S, FD);
797   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
798     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
799     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
800     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
801       S->AddDecl(Param);
802       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
803     }
804   }
805 }
806 
807 
808 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
809 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
810 ///
811 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
812 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
813 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
814 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
815 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
816 /// attribute.
817 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
818                                        ASTContext &Context) {
819   if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
820     return true;
821 
822   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
823     return true;
824 
825   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
826           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
827 }
828 
829 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
830 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
831   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
832   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
833   // scope.
834   while (S->getEntity() &&
835          ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())
836     S = S->getParent();
837 
838   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
839   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
840   // into any context.
841   if (AddToContext)
842     CurContext->addDecl(D);
843 
844   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++.
845   // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C.
846   if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) &&
847       D->isOutOfLine())
848     return;
849 
850   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
851   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
852       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
853     return;
854 
855   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
856   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
857                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
858   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
859     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
860       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
861       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
862 
863       // Should only need to replace one decl.
864       break;
865     }
866   }
867 
868   S->AddDecl(D);
869 
870   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
871     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
872     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
873     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
874     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
875       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
876       if (IDC == CurContext) {
877         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
878           continue;
879       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
880         break;
881     }
882 
883     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
884   } else {
885     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
886   }
887 }
888 
889 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
890                          bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
891   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S,
892                                   ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
893 }
894 
895 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
896   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
897   do {
898     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity())
899       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
900         return S;
901   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
902 
903   return 0;
904 }
905 
906 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
907                                             DeclContext*,
908                                             ASTContext&);
909 
910 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
911 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
912 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R,
913                                 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
914                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
915                                 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
916   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
917   while (F.hasNext()) {
918     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
919 
920     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization))
921       continue;
922 
923     if (ConsiderLinkage &&
924         isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
925       continue;
926 
927     F.erase();
928   }
929 
930   F.done();
931 }
932 
933 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
934   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
935          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
936          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
937 }
938 
939 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
940 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
941   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
942   while (F.hasNext())
943     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
944       F.erase();
945 
946   F.done();
947 }
948 
949 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
950 /// @code
951 /// class S {
952 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
953 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
954 /// };
955 /// @endcode
956 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
957   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
958   // the decl here.
959   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
960     return false;
961 
962   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
963     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
964   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
965     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
966   return false;
967 }
968 
969 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
970   assert(D);
971 
972   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
973     return false;
974 
975   // Ignore class templates.
976   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
977       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
978     return false;
979 
980   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
981     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
982       return false;
983 
984     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
985       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
986         return false;
987     } else {
988       // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn.
989       if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
990           FD->isInlineSpecified())
991         return false;
992     }
993 
994     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
995         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
996       return false;
997   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
998     if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() ||
999         VD->getType().isConstant(Context) ||
1000         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1001       return false;
1002 
1003     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1004         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1005       return false;
1006 
1007   } else {
1008     return false;
1009   }
1010 
1011   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1012   if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage)
1013     return false;
1014 
1015   return true;
1016 }
1017 
1018 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1019   if (!D)
1020     return;
1021 
1022   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1023     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration();
1024     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1025       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1026   }
1027 
1028   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1029     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration();
1030     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1031       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1032   }
1033 
1034    if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1035      UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1036  }
1037 
1038 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1039   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1040     return false;
1041 
1042   if (D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1043     return false;
1044 
1045   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1046     return true;
1047 
1048   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1049   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
1050       !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1051     return false;
1052 
1053   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1054   if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
1055 
1056     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1057     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1058 
1059     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1060     if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) {
1061       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1062         return false;
1063     }
1064 
1065     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1066     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1067     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1068       return false;
1069 
1070     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1071       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1072       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1073         return false;
1074 
1075       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1076         // FIXME: Checking for the presence of a user-declared constructor
1077         // isn't completely accurate; we'd prefer to check that the initializer
1078         // has no side effects.
1079         if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())
1080           return false;
1081       }
1082     }
1083 
1084     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1085   }
1086 
1087   return true;
1088 }
1089 
1090 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1091                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1092   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1093     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1094                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOptions(), true);
1095     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1096       return;
1097     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1098                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1099   }
1100   return;
1101 }
1102 
1103 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1104 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1105 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1106   FixItHint Hint;
1107   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1108     return;
1109 
1110   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1111 
1112   unsigned DiagID;
1113   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1114     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1115   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1116     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1117   else
1118     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1119 
1120   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1121 }
1122 
1123 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1124   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1125   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1126   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
1127   if (L->getStmt() == 0)
1128     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1129 }
1130 
1131 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1132   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1133   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1134          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1135 
1136   for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end();
1137        I != E; ++I) {
1138     Decl *TmpD = (*I);
1139     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1140 
1141     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1142     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1143 
1144     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1145 
1146     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1147     if (!S->hasErrorOccurred())
1148       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1149 
1150     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1151     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1152       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1153 
1154     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1155     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1156   }
1157 }
1158 
1159 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1160 ///
1161 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1162 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1163 /// to the fixed name.
1164 ///
1165 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1166 ///
1167 /// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1168 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1169 ///
1170 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1171 /// class could not be found.
1172 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1173                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1174                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1175   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1176   // creation from this context.
1177   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1178 
1179   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1180     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1181     // find an Objective-C class name.
1182     TypoCorrection C;
1183     if ((C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName,
1184                          TUScope, NULL, NULL, false, CTC_NoKeywords)) &&
1185         (IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>())) {
1186       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest)
1187         << Id << IDecl->getDeclName()
1188         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString());
1189       Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
1190         << IDecl->getDeclName();
1191 
1192       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1193     }
1194   }
1195 
1196   return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1197 }
1198 
1199 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1200 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1201 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1202 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1203 /// ill-formed in C++:
1204 /// @code
1205 /// struct S6 {
1206 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1207 /// };
1208 ///
1209 /// void test_S6() {
1210 ///   struct S6 a;
1211 ///   a.e = BAR;
1212 /// }
1213 /// @endcode
1214 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1215 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1216 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1217 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1218 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1219 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1220 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1221 /// contain non-field names.
1222 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1223   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1224          (S->getEntity() &&
1225           ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) ||
1226          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus))
1227     S = S->getParent();
1228   return S;
1229 }
1230 
1231 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1232 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1233 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1234 /// built-in.
1235 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
1236                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1237                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1238   Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
1239 
1240   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1241   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
1242   switch (Error) {
1243   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1244     // Okay
1245     break;
1246 
1247   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1248     if (ForRedeclaration)
1249       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio)
1250         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1251     return 0;
1252 
1253   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1254     if (ForRedeclaration)
1255       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp)
1256         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1257     return 0;
1258   }
1259 
1260   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
1261     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1262       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
1263       << R;
1264     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
1265         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)
1266           != Diagnostic::Ignored)
1267       Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header)
1268         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
1269         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1270   }
1271 
1272   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1273                                            Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
1274                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0,
1275                                            SC_Extern,
1276                                            SC_None, false,
1277                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1278   New->setImplicit();
1279 
1280   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1281   // FunctionDecl.
1282   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1283     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1284     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) {
1285       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1286         ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
1287                             SourceLocation(), 0,
1288                             FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0,
1289                             SC_None, SC_None, 0);
1290       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1291       Params.push_back(parm);
1292     }
1293     New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size());
1294   }
1295 
1296   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1297 
1298   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1299   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1300   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1301   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1302   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1303   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1304   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1305   CurContext = SavedContext;
1306   return New;
1307 }
1308 
1309 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1310 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1311 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1312 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1313 ///
1314 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1315   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1316   // merging checks.
1317   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1318 
1319   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1320   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1321   if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) {
1322     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1323     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1324     default: break;
1325     case 2:
1326       if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1327         break;
1328       Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1329       // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1330       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1331       return;
1332     case 5:
1333       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1334         break;
1335       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1336       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1337       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1338       return;
1339     case 3:
1340       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1341         break;
1342       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1343       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1344       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1345       return;
1346     }
1347     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1348   }
1349 
1350   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1351   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1352   if (!Old) {
1353     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1354       << New->getDeclName();
1355 
1356     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1357     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1358       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1359 
1360     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1361   }
1362 
1363   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1364   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1365     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1366 
1367   // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics.
1368   QualType OldType;
1369   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1370     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1371   else
1372     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1373 
1374   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1375   // with any extensions enabled.
1376 
1377   if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() &&
1378       Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) !=
1379       Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) {
1380     int Kind = 0;
1381     if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old))
1382       Kind = 1;
1383     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1384       << Kind << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType;
1385     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1386       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1387     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1388   }
1389 
1390   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain if the old
1391   // declaration was a typedef.
1392   // FIXME: this is a potential source of weirdness if the type
1393   // spellings don't match exactly.
1394   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1395     New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef);
1396 
1397   // __module_private__ is propagated to later declarations.
1398   if (Old->isModulePrivate())
1399     New->setModulePrivate();
1400   else if (New->isModulePrivate())
1401     diagnoseModulePrivateRedeclaration(New, Old);
1402 
1403   if (getLangOptions().Microsoft)
1404     return;
1405 
1406   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1407     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1408     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1409     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1410     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1411     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1412       return;
1413 
1414     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1415     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1416     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1417     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1418     //
1419     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1420     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1421     //
1422     //   struct S {
1423     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1424     //   };
1425     //
1426     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1427     // allow the above but disallow
1428     //
1429     //   struct S {
1430     //     typedef int I;
1431     //     typedef int I;
1432     //   };
1433     //
1434     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1435     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1436       return;
1437 
1438     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1439       << New->getDeclName();
1440     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1441     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1442   }
1443 
1444   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1445   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1446   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1447   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1448   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1449       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1450        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1451     return;
1452 
1453   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef)
1454     << New->getDeclName();
1455   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1456   return;
1457 }
1458 
1459 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1460 /// attribute.
1461 static bool
1462 DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1463   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1464   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1465   for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i)
1466     if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1467       if (Ann) {
1468         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation())
1469           return true;
1470         continue;
1471       }
1472       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1473       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i))
1474         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind();
1475       return true;
1476     }
1477 
1478   return false;
1479 }
1480 
1481 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
1482 static void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *newDecl, const Decl *oldDecl,
1483                                 ASTContext &C, bool mergeDeprecation = true) {
1484   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
1485     return;
1486 
1487   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
1488 
1489   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
1490   // we process them.
1491   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
1492 
1493   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr>
1494        i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(),
1495        e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); i != e; ++i) {
1496     // Ignore deprecated and unavailable attributes if requested.
1497     if (!mergeDeprecation &&
1498         (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i)))
1499       continue;
1500 
1501     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) {
1502       InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>((*i)->clone(C));
1503       newAttr->setInherited(true);
1504       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
1505       foundAny = true;
1506     }
1507   }
1508 
1509   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
1510 }
1511 
1512 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
1513 /// to the new one.
1514 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
1515                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
1516                                      ASTContext &C) {
1517   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
1518     return;
1519 
1520   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
1521 
1522   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
1523   // done before we process them.
1524   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
1525 
1526   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr>
1527        i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(),
1528        e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) {
1529     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) {
1530       InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C));
1531       newAttr->setInherited(true);
1532       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
1533       foundAny = true;
1534     }
1535   }
1536 
1537   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
1538 }
1539 
1540 namespace {
1541 
1542 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
1543 /// C.
1544 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
1545   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
1546   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
1547   QualType PromotedType;
1548 };
1549 
1550 }
1551 
1552 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
1553 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
1554   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
1555     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
1556       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
1557 
1558     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
1559       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
1560 
1561     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
1562       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
1563   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
1564     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
1565   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
1566     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
1567   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
1568     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
1569   }
1570 
1571   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
1572 }
1573 
1574 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
1575 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
1576 /// GNU89 mode.
1577 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
1578                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
1579   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
1580           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
1581           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
1582           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
1583 }
1584 
1585 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
1586 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
1587 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
1588 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
1589 ///
1590 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
1591 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
1592 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
1593 /// merged with.
1594 ///
1595 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
1596 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) {
1597   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
1598   FunctionDecl *Old = 0;
1599   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate
1600         = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD))
1601     Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
1602   else
1603     Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD);
1604   if (!Old) {
1605     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
1606       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
1607       Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
1608            diag::note_using_decl_target);
1609       Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
1610            diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
1611       return true;
1612     }
1613 
1614     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1615       << New->getDeclName();
1616     Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1617     return true;
1618   }
1619 
1620   // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition,
1621   // implicit declaration, or a declaration.
1622   diag::kind PrevDiag;
1623   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
1624     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
1625   else if (Old->isImplicit())
1626     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
1627   else
1628     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
1629 
1630   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
1631   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
1632 
1633   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
1634   // is an extern inline function.
1635   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
1636       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
1637       Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
1638       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) {
1639     if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) {
1640       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New;
1641       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
1642     } else {
1643       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
1644       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
1645       return true;
1646     }
1647   }
1648 
1649   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is
1650   // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the
1651   // calling convention of the first.
1652   //
1653   // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the
1654   // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling
1655   // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in
1656   // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away
1657   // because it is the default calling convention.
1658   //
1659   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
1660   // other tests to run.
1661   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
1662   const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
1663   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
1664   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
1665   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
1666   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default &&
1667       NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) {
1668     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
1669     RequiresAdjustment = true;
1670   } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(),
1671                                      NewTypeInfo.getCC())) {
1672     // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain.
1673     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
1674       << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
1675       << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default)
1676       << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" :
1677           FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()));
1678     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1679     return true;
1680   }
1681 
1682   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
1683   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
1684     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
1685     RequiresAdjustment = true;
1686   }
1687 
1688   // Merge regparm attribute.
1689   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
1690       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
1691     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
1692       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
1693         << NewType->getRegParmType()
1694         << OldType->getRegParmType();
1695       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1696       return true;
1697     }
1698 
1699     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
1700     RequiresAdjustment = true;
1701   }
1702 
1703   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
1704     NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo);
1705     New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0));
1706     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
1707   }
1708 
1709   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1710     // (C++98 13.1p2):
1711     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
1712     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
1713     //        cannot be overloaded.
1714     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType();
1715     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType();
1716     QualType ResQT;
1717     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
1718       if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()
1719           && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
1720         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
1721       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
1722         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
1723           Diag(New->getLocation(),
1724                diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New;
1725         else
1726           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type);
1727         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
1728         return true;
1729       }
1730       else
1731         NewQType = ResQT;
1732     }
1733 
1734     const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
1735     CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
1736     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
1737       // Preserve triviality.
1738       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
1739 
1740       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
1741       // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
1742       // We don't want a redeclartion error.
1743       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
1744                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
1745                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
1746       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
1747 
1748       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
1749           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
1750         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
1751         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
1752         //       is a static member function declaration.
1753         if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) {
1754           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
1755           Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
1756           return true;
1757         }
1758 
1759         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
1760         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
1761         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
1762         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
1763         unsigned NewDiag;
1764         if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
1765           NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
1766         else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
1767           NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
1768         else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
1769           NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
1770         else
1771           NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
1772 
1773         Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
1774         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
1775 
1776       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
1777       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
1778       //
1779       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
1780       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
1781       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
1782         if (isFriend) {
1783           NewMethod->setImplicit();
1784         } else {
1785           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
1786                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
1787             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
1788           return true;
1789         }
1790       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted()) {
1791         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
1792              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
1793           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
1794         return true;
1795       }
1796     }
1797 
1798     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
1799     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
1800     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
1801     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
1802 
1803     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
1804     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
1805     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
1806       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
1807       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
1808         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
1809       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
1810       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
1811     }
1812 
1813     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
1814       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old);
1815 
1816     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
1817   }
1818 
1819   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
1820   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
1821   if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1822       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
1823     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
1824     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
1825     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0;
1826     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
1827         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
1828       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
1829       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
1830       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
1831       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
1832                                                  OldProto->arg_type_end());
1833       NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(),
1834                                          ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(),
1835                                          OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
1836       New->setType(NewQType);
1837       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
1838 
1839       // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
1840       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1841       for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator
1842              ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
1843              ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end();
1844            ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) {
1845         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New,
1846                                                  SourceLocation(),
1847                                                  SourceLocation(), 0,
1848                                                  *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0,
1849                                                  SC_None, SC_None,
1850                                                  0);
1851         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
1852         Param->setImplicit();
1853         Params.push_back(Param);
1854       }
1855 
1856       New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size());
1857     }
1858 
1859     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old);
1860   }
1861 
1862   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
1863   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
1864   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
1865   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
1866   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
1867   // the prototype.
1868   //
1869   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
1870   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
1871   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
1872   // C99 6.9.1p8.
1873   if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1874       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
1875       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
1876       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
1877     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
1878     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
1879     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
1880       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
1881     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
1882       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
1883 
1884     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
1885     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(),
1886                                                NewProto->getResultType());
1887     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
1888     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
1889          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
1890       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
1891       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
1892       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
1893                                      NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) {
1894         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
1895       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
1896                                             NewParm->getType(),
1897                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
1898         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn
1899           = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) };
1900         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
1901         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
1902       } else
1903         LooseCompatible = false;
1904     }
1905 
1906     if (LooseCompatible) {
1907       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
1908         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
1909              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
1910           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
1911           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
1912         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
1913           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
1914                diag::note_previous_declaration);
1915       }
1916 
1917       New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0],
1918                                            ArgTypes.size(),
1919                                            OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
1920       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old);
1921     }
1922 
1923     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
1924   }
1925 
1926   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined
1927   // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic
1928   if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) {
1929     // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible
1930     // signature.
1931     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
1932       // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined
1933       // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the
1934       // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this
1935       // library built-in.
1936       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
1937       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
1938         << Old << Old->getType();
1939       New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
1940       Old->setInvalidDecl();
1941       return false;
1942     }
1943 
1944     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
1945   }
1946 
1947   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
1948   Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
1949   return true;
1950 }
1951 
1952 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
1953 /// known to be compatible.
1954 ///
1955 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
1956 /// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to
1957 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
1958 /// redeclaration of Old.
1959 ///
1960 /// \returns false
1961 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) {
1962   // Merge the attributes
1963   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context);
1964 
1965   // Merge the storage class.
1966   if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern &&
1967       Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None)
1968     New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass());
1969 
1970   // Merge "pure" flag.
1971   if (Old->isPure())
1972     New->setPure();
1973 
1974   // __module_private__ is propagated to later declarations.
1975   if (Old->isModulePrivate())
1976     New->setModulePrivate();
1977   else if (New->isModulePrivate())
1978     diagnoseModulePrivateRedeclaration(New, Old);
1979 
1980   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
1981   // declarations.
1982   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
1983     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
1984       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
1985                                Context);
1986 
1987   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
1988     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old);
1989 
1990   return false;
1991 }
1992 
1993 
1994 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
1995                                 const ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
1996   // We don't want to merge unavailable and deprecated attributes
1997   // except from interface to implementation.
1998   bool mergeDeprecation = isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext());
1999 
2000   // Merge the attributes.
2001   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, Context, mergeDeprecation);
2002 
2003   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
2004   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
2005          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
2006        ni != ne; ++ni, ++oi)
2007     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context);
2008 
2009   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true);
2010 }
2011 
2012 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
2013 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
2014 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2015 ///
2016 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
2017 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl and AddCXXDirectInitializerToDecl. We can't
2018 /// check them before the initializer is attached.
2019 ///
2020 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) {
2021   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
2022     return;
2023 
2024   QualType MergedT;
2025   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2026     AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
2027     if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) {
2028       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
2029       return;
2030     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
2031       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
2032       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
2033     }
2034     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
2035     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
2036     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
2037     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
2038     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
2039     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
2040              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
2041       CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray
2042         = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2043       CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray
2044         = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2045       if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType())
2046         MergedT = New->getType();
2047     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
2048              New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
2049       CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray
2050         = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2051       CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray
2052         = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2053       if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType())
2054         MergedT = Old->getType();
2055     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()
2056                && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
2057         MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
2058                                                         Old->getType());
2059     }
2060   } else {
2061     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
2062   }
2063   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
2064     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
2065       << New->getDeclName();
2066     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2067     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2068   }
2069   New->setType(MergedT);
2070 }
2071 
2072 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
2073 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
2074 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2075 ///
2076 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
2077 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
2078 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
2079 ///
2080 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
2081   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
2082   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2083     return;
2084 
2085   // Verify the old decl was also a variable.
2086   VarDecl *Old = 0;
2087   if (!Previous.isSingleResult() ||
2088       !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) {
2089     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2090       << New->getDeclName();
2091     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
2092          diag::note_previous_definition);
2093     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2094   }
2095 
2096   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2097   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
2098   //
2099   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
2100   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
2101     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
2102       << New->getIdentifier();
2103     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2104     New->setInvalidDecl();
2105   }
2106 
2107   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context);
2108   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent declaration
2109   if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
2110       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
2111       !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
2112     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
2113     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2114     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
2115     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
2116   }
2117 
2118   // Merge the types.
2119   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old);
2120   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2121     return;
2122 
2123   // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static.
2124   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2125       (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) {
2126     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName();
2127     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2128     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2129   }
2130   // C99 6.2.2p4:
2131   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
2132   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
2133   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
2134   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
2135   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
2136   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
2137   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
2138   //   identifier has external linkage.
2139   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
2140     /* Okay */;
2141   else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
2142            Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
2143     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
2144     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2145     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2146   }
2147 
2148   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
2149   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
2150       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2151     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
2152     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2153     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2154   }
2155   if (Old->hasExternalStorage() &&
2156       !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2157     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
2158     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2159     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2160   }
2161 
2162   // __module_private__ is propagated to later declarations.
2163   if (Old->isModulePrivate())
2164     New->setModulePrivate();
2165   else if (New->isModulePrivate())
2166     diagnoseModulePrivateRedeclaration(New, Old);
2167 
2168   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
2169 
2170   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
2171   // need to check for mismatches.
2172   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
2173       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
2174       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2175         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
2176     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
2177     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2178     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2179   }
2180 
2181   if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) {
2182     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
2183     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2184   } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) {
2185     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
2186     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2187   }
2188 
2189   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
2190   const VarDecl *Def;
2191   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
2192       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
2193       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
2194     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2195       << New->getDeclName();
2196     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2197     New->setInvalidDecl();
2198     return;
2199   }
2200   // c99 6.2.2 P4.
2201   // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a
2202   // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if
2203   // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage
2204   // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage
2205   // specified at the prior declaration.
2206   // FIXME. revisit this code.
2207   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
2208       Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage &&
2209       New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext())
2210     New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass());
2211 
2212   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
2213   New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old);
2214 
2215   // Inherit access appropriately.
2216   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
2217 }
2218 
2219 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
2220 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
2221 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
2222                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
2223   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS,
2224                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0));
2225 }
2226 
2227 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
2228 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template
2229 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
2230 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
2231                                        DeclSpec &DS,
2232                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) {
2233   Decl *TagD = 0;
2234   TagDecl *Tag = 0;
2235   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
2236       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
2237       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
2238       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
2239     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
2240 
2241     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
2242       return 0;
2243 
2244     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
2245     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
2246     // it's a Type.
2247     Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
2248   }
2249 
2250   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
2251     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
2252     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
2253     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
2254       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
2255            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
2256            << DS.getSourceRange();
2257   }
2258 
2259   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
2260     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
2261     // and definitions of functions and variables.
2262     if (Tag)
2263       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
2264         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
2265             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
2266             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3);
2267     else
2268       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
2269     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
2270     return TagD;
2271   }
2272 
2273   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
2274     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
2275     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
2276     if (TagD && !Tag)
2277       return 0;
2278     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
2279   }
2280 
2281   // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any
2282   // declarators.
2283   bool emittedWarning = false;
2284 
2285   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
2286     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, DS.getAttributes().getList());
2287 
2288     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() &&
2289         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
2290       if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
2291           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
2292         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record);
2293 
2294       Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2295         << DS.getSourceRange();
2296       emittedWarning = true;
2297     }
2298   }
2299 
2300   // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct.
2301   if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
2302       CurContext->isRecord() &&
2303       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
2304     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct:
2305     //   struct STRUCT;
2306     // and
2307     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
2308     RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag);
2309     if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isDefinition()) ||
2310         (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
2311          DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) {
2312       Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct)
2313         << DS.getSourceRange();
2314       return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
2315     }
2316   }
2317 
2318   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
2319       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
2320     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
2321       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
2322           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) {
2323         Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2324           << DS.getSourceRange();
2325         emittedWarning = true;
2326       }
2327 
2328   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
2329   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD;
2330 
2331   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
2332     // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an
2333     // extension in both Microsoft and GNU.
2334     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
2335         Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) {
2336       Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
2337         << DS.getSourceRange();
2338       return Tag;
2339     }
2340 
2341     Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2342       << DS.getSourceRange();
2343     emittedWarning = true;
2344   }
2345 
2346   // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers;
2347   // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we
2348   // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators.
2349   if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
2350     return TagD;
2351 
2352   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
2353   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
2354   // useless.
2355   if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec())
2356     if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
2357       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier)
2358         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs);
2359 
2360   if (DS.isThreadSpecified())
2361     Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread";
2362   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
2363     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
2364       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const";
2365     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
2366       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile";
2367     // Restrict is covered above.
2368   }
2369   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
2370     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline";
2371   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
2372     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual";
2373   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
2374     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit";
2375 
2376   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
2377       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2378     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
2379       << Tag->getTagKind()
2380       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
2381 
2382   // FIXME: Warn on useless attributes
2383 
2384   return TagD;
2385 }
2386 
2387 /// ActOnVlaStmt - This rouine if finds a vla expression in a decl spec.
2388 /// builds a statement for it and returns it so it is evaluated.
2389 StmtResult Sema::ActOnVlaStmt(const DeclSpec &DS) {
2390   StmtResult R;
2391   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr) {
2392     Expr *Exp = DS.getRepAsExpr();
2393     QualType Ty = Exp->getType();
2394     if (Ty->isPointerType()) {
2395       do
2396         Ty = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2397       while (Ty->isPointerType());
2398     }
2399     if (Ty->isVariableArrayType()) {
2400       R = ActOnExprStmt(MakeFullExpr(Exp));
2401     }
2402   }
2403   return R;
2404 }
2405 
2406 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
2407 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
2408 ///
2409 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
2410 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
2411                                          Scope *S,
2412                                          DeclContext *Owner,
2413                                          DeclarationName Name,
2414                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
2415                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
2416   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
2417                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
2418   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
2419 
2420   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
2421     return false;
2422 
2423   // Pick a representative declaration.
2424   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
2425   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
2426 
2427   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
2428     return false;
2429 
2430   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
2431   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2432 
2433   return true;
2434 }
2435 
2436 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
2437 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
2438 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
2439 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
2440 /// struct, e.g.,
2441 ///
2442 /// @code
2443 /// union {
2444 ///   int i;
2445 ///   float f;
2446 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
2447 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
2448 /// @endcode
2449 ///
2450 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
2451 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
2452 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
2453                                                 DeclContext *Owner,
2454                                                 RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
2455                                                 AccessSpecifier AS,
2456                               SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining,
2457                                                       bool MSAnonStruct) {
2458   unsigned diagKind
2459     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
2460                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
2461 
2462   bool Invalid = false;
2463 
2464   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
2465   for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(),
2466                                DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end();
2467        D != DEnd; ++D) {
2468     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) &&
2469         cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) {
2470       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D);
2471       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
2472                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
2473         // C++ [class.union]p2:
2474         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
2475         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
2476         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
2477         Invalid = true;
2478       } else {
2479         // C++ [class.union]p2:
2480         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
2481         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
2482         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
2483         //   anonymous union is declared.
2484         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
2485         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
2486           for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(),
2487                PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI)
2488             Chaining.push_back(*PI);
2489         else
2490           Chaining.push_back(VD);
2491 
2492         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
2493         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
2494           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
2495         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
2496           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
2497 
2498         IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
2499           IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
2500                                     VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
2501                                     NamedChain, Chaining.size());
2502 
2503         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
2504         IndirectField->setImplicit();
2505         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
2506 
2507         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
2508         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
2509 
2510         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
2511       }
2512     }
2513   }
2514 
2515   return Invalid;
2516 }
2517 
2518 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
2519 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
2520 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
2521 static StorageClass
2522 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) {
2523   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
2524   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
2525   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:         return SC_Extern;
2526   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
2527   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
2528   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
2529   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
2530     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
2531   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
2532   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
2533   }
2534   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
2535 }
2536 
2537 /// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
2538 /// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
2539 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
2540 static StorageClass
2541 StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) {
2542   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
2543   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
2544   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:         return SC_Extern;
2545   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
2546   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
2547     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
2548   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           // Fall through.
2549   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
2550   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       // Fall through.
2551   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
2552   }
2553   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
2554 }
2555 
2556 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
2557 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
2558 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures
2559 /// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension.
2560 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
2561                                              AccessSpecifier AS,
2562                                              RecordDecl *Record) {
2563   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
2564 
2565   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
2566   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2567     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
2568   else if (!Record->isUnion())
2569     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct);
2570 
2571   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
2572   // structs/unions.
2573   bool Invalid = false;
2574   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2575     const char* PrevSpec = 0;
2576     unsigned DiagID;
2577     // C++ [class.union]p3:
2578     //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
2579     //   global namespace shall be declared static.
2580     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
2581         (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
2582          (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
2583           cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
2584       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static);
2585       Invalid = true;
2586 
2587       // Recover by adding 'static'.
2588       DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
2589                              PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions());
2590     }
2591     // C++ [class.union]p3:
2592     //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
2593     //   anonymous union in a class scope.
2594     else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
2595              isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
2596       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
2597            diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec);
2598       Invalid = true;
2599 
2600       // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
2601       DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(),
2602                              PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions());
2603     }
2604 
2605     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
2606     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
2607       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
2608         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
2609           << Record->isUnion() << 0
2610           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
2611       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
2612         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
2613           << Record->isUnion() << 1
2614           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
2615       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
2616         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
2617           << Record->isUnion() << 2
2618           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
2619 
2620       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
2621     }
2622 
2623     // C++ [class.union]p2:
2624     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
2625     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
2626     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
2627     for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(),
2628                                  MemEnd = Record->decls_end();
2629          Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) {
2630       if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) {
2631         // C++ [class.union]p3:
2632         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
2633         //   members (clause 11).
2634         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
2635         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
2636           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
2637             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
2638           Invalid = true;
2639         }
2640 
2641         // C++ [class.union]p1
2642         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
2643         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
2644         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
2645         //   array of such objects.
2646         if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && CheckNontrivialField(FD))
2647           Invalid = true;
2648       } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) {
2649         // Any implicit members are fine.
2650       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) {
2651         // This is a type that showed up in an
2652         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
2653         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
2654         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
2655       } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) {
2656         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
2657             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
2658           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
2659           if (getLangOptions().Microsoft)
2660             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
2661               << (int)Record->isUnion();
2662           else {
2663             // This is a nested type declaration.
2664             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
2665               << (int)Record->isUnion();
2666             Invalid = true;
2667           }
2668         }
2669       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) {
2670         // Any access specifier is fine.
2671       } else {
2672         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
2673         // member. Complain about it.
2674         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
2675         if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem))
2676           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
2677         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem))
2678           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
2679         else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem))
2680           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
2681 
2682         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
2683         if (getLangOptions().Microsoft &&
2684             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
2685           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
2686             << (int)Record->isUnion();
2687         else {
2688           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK)
2689               << (int)Record->isUnion();
2690           Invalid = true;
2691         }
2692       }
2693     }
2694   }
2695 
2696   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
2697     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
2698       << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
2699     Invalid = true;
2700   }
2701 
2702   // Mock up a declarator.
2703   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
2704   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
2705   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
2706 
2707   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
2708   NamedDecl *Anon = 0;
2709   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
2710     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
2711                              DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2712                              Record->getLocation(),
2713                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
2714                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
2715                              TInfo,
2716                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
2717                              /*HasInit=*/false);
2718     Anon->setAccess(AS);
2719     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2720       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
2721   } else {
2722     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
2723     assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
2724            "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
2725     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
2726     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
2727       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
2728       // an error here
2729       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
2730       Invalid = true;
2731       SC = SC_None;
2732     }
2733     SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
2734     VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
2735       = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
2736 
2737     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
2738                            DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2739                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
2740                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
2741                            TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
2742   }
2743   Anon->setImplicit();
2744 
2745   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
2746   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
2747   // its members.
2748   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
2749 
2750   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
2751   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
2752   // purposes.
2753   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
2754   Chain.push_back(Anon);
2755 
2756   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
2757                                           Chain, false))
2758     Invalid = true;
2759 
2760   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not
2761   // do this until after we have already checked and injected the
2762   // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise
2763   // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it
2764   // builds its lookup table, and once by
2765   // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers.
2766   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
2767 
2768   if (Invalid)
2769     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
2770 
2771   return Anon;
2772 }
2773 
2774 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
2775 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
2776 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
2777 /// Example:
2778 ///
2779 /// struct A { int a; };
2780 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
2781 ///
2782 /// void foo() {
2783 ///   B var;
2784 ///   var.a = 3;
2785 /// }
2786 ///
2787 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
2788                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
2789 
2790   // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef.
2791   if (!Record)
2792     Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl();
2793 
2794   // Mock up a declarator.
2795   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
2796   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
2797   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
2798 
2799   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
2800   NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
2801                              cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext),
2802                              DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2803                              DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2804                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
2805                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
2806                              TInfo,
2807                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
2808                              /*HasInit=*/false);
2809   Anon->setImplicit();
2810 
2811   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
2812   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
2813 
2814   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
2815   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
2816   // purposes.
2817   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
2818   Chain.push_back(Anon);
2819 
2820   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext,
2821                                           Record->getDefinition(),
2822                                           AS_none, Chain, true))
2823     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
2824 
2825   return Anon;
2826 }
2827 
2828 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
2829 /// given Declarator.
2830 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
2831   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
2832 }
2833 
2834 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
2835 DeclarationNameInfo
2836 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
2837   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
2838   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
2839 
2840   switch (Name.getKind()) {
2841 
2842   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
2843   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
2844     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
2845     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
2846     return NameInfo;
2847 
2848   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
2849     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
2850                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
2851     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
2852     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
2853       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
2854     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
2855       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
2856     return NameInfo;
2857 
2858   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
2859     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
2860                                                            Name.Identifier));
2861     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
2862     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
2863     return NameInfo;
2864 
2865   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
2866     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
2867     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
2868     if (Ty.isNull())
2869       return DeclarationNameInfo();
2870     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
2871                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
2872     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
2873     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
2874     return NameInfo;
2875   }
2876 
2877   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
2878     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
2879     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
2880     if (Ty.isNull())
2881       return DeclarationNameInfo();
2882     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
2883                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
2884     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
2885     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
2886     return NameInfo;
2887   }
2888 
2889   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
2890     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
2891     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
2892     // to find the actual type being constructed.
2893     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
2894     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
2895       return DeclarationNameInfo();
2896 
2897     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
2898     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
2899 
2900     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
2901     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
2902     // was qualified.
2903 
2904     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
2905                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
2906     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
2907     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
2908     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0);
2909     return NameInfo;
2910   }
2911 
2912   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
2913     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
2914     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
2915     if (Ty.isNull())
2916       return DeclarationNameInfo();
2917     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
2918                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
2919     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
2920     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
2921     return NameInfo;
2922   }
2923 
2924   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
2925     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
2926     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
2927     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
2928   }
2929 
2930   } // switch (Name.getKind())
2931 
2932   assert(false && "Unknown name kind");
2933   return DeclarationNameInfo();
2934 }
2935 
2936 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
2937   do {
2938     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
2939       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
2940     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
2941       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
2942     else
2943       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
2944   } while (true);
2945 }
2946 
2947 /// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions
2948 /// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic
2949 /// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line
2950 /// function definition doesn't match any declaration within the class
2951 /// or namespace. Also sets Params to the list of indices to the
2952 /// parameters that differ between the declaration and the definition.
2953 static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext &Context,
2954                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
2955                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
2956                                      llvm::SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
2957   Params.clear();
2958   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
2959     return false;
2960   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
2961     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
2962     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
2963 
2964     // The parameter types are identical
2965     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
2966       continue;
2967 
2968     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
2969     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
2970     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
2971     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
2972 
2973     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
2974         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
2975       Params.push_back(Idx);
2976     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
2977       return false;
2978   }
2979 
2980   return true;
2981 }
2982 
2983 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
2984 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
2985 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
2986 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
2987 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
2988 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
2989                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
2990   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
2991   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
2992   //   - types which will become injected class names
2993   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
2994   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
2995   // few cases here.
2996 
2997   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
2998   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
2999   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
3000   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
3001   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
3002   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: {
3003     // Grab the type from the parser.
3004     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0;
3005     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
3006     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
3007 
3008     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
3009     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
3010     // attached already.
3011     if (!TSI)
3012       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
3013 
3014     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
3015     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
3016     if (!TSI) return true;
3017 
3018     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
3019     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
3020     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
3021     break;
3022   }
3023 
3024   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
3025     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
3026     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
3027     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
3028     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
3029     break;
3030   }
3031 
3032   default:
3033     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
3034     break;
3035   }
3036 
3037   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
3038   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
3039     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
3040 
3041     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
3042     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
3043     // pointer.
3044     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
3045       continue;
3046 
3047     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
3048     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
3049     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
3050       return true;
3051   }
3052 
3053   return false;
3054 }
3055 
3056 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
3057   return HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this),
3058                           /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/false);
3059 }
3060 
3061 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
3062 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
3063 ///   name different from T:
3064 ///     - every static data member of class T;
3065 ///     - every member function of class T
3066 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
3067 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
3068 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
3069                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
3070   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
3071 
3072   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
3073     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
3074       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
3075       return true;
3076     }
3077 
3078   return false;
3079 }
3080 
3081 Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
3082                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
3083                              bool IsFunctionDefinition) {
3084   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
3085   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
3086   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
3087 
3088   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
3089   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
3090   if (!Name) {
3091     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
3092       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3093            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
3094         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
3095     return 0;
3096   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
3097     return 0;
3098 
3099   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
3100   // we find one that is.
3101   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
3102          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
3103     S = S->getParent();
3104 
3105   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
3106   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
3107     D.setInvalidType();
3108   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3109     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
3110                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
3111       return 0;
3112 
3113     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
3114     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
3115     if (!DC) {
3116       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
3117       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
3118       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
3119       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
3120       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3121            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
3122         << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
3123         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3124       return 0;
3125     }
3126     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
3127 
3128     if (!IsDependentContext &&
3129         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
3130       return 0;
3131 
3132     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
3133       if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
3134         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3135              diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
3136           << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3137         D.setInvalidType();
3138       } else if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext) &&
3139                  !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
3140         // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class
3141         // definition:
3142         //
3143         // class X {
3144         //   void X::f();
3145         // };
3146         if (CurContext->Equals(DC))
3147           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification)
3148             << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange());
3149         else
3150           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_qualification)
3151             << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3152 
3153         // Pretend that this qualifier was not here.
3154         D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
3155       }
3156     }
3157 
3158     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
3159     // declaration in the current instantiation.
3160     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
3161         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
3162       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
3163       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
3164         D.setInvalidType();
3165     }
3166   }
3167 
3168   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
3169     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
3170     // Just return early; it's safer.
3171     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3172       return 0;
3173 
3174   NamedDecl *New;
3175 
3176   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
3177   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
3178 
3179   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
3180                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
3181     D.setInvalidType();
3182 
3183   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
3184                         ForRedeclaration);
3185 
3186   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
3187   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3188     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
3189 
3190     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
3191     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
3192     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
3193     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3194       /* Do nothing*/;
3195     else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
3196       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3197           D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
3198         IsLinkageLookup = true;
3199     } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern)
3200       IsLinkageLookup = true;
3201     else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
3202              D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
3203       IsLinkageLookup = true;
3204 
3205     if (IsLinkageLookup)
3206       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
3207 
3208     LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup);
3209   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
3210     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
3211 
3212     // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for
3213     // out-of-line members.
3214     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
3215 
3216     // C++ 7.3.1.2p2:
3217     // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named
3218     // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit
3219     // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being
3220     // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears
3221     // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the
3222     // declarations namespace.
3223     //
3224     // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet
3225     // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually
3226     // the declaration we want to match. For example, given:
3227     //
3228     //   class X {
3229     //     void f();
3230     //     void f(float);
3231     //   };
3232     //
3233     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
3234     //
3235     // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set
3236     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
3237     // matches.
3238 
3239     // First check whether we named the global scope.
3240     if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
3241       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
3242         << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3243     } else {
3244       DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
3245       while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur))
3246         Cur = Cur->getParent();
3247       if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
3248         // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration.
3249         // Emit diagnostic based on current scope.
3250         SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc();
3251         SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3252         if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
3253           Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R;
3254         else
3255           Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
3256             << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R;
3257         D.setInvalidType();
3258       }
3259     }
3260   }
3261 
3262   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
3263       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
3264     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
3265     if (!D.isInvalidType())
3266       if (DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3267                                           Previous.getFoundDecl()))
3268         D.setInvalidType();
3269 
3270     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
3271     Previous.clear();
3272   }
3273 
3274   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
3275   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
3276   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
3277   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
3278   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
3279       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3280     Previous.clear();
3281 
3282   bool Redeclaration = false;
3283   bool AddToScope = true;
3284   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3285     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
3286       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
3287       return 0;
3288     }
3289 
3290     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, Redeclaration);
3291   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
3292     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous,
3293                                   move(TemplateParamLists),
3294                                   IsFunctionDefinition, Redeclaration,
3295                                   AddToScope);
3296   } else {
3297     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous,
3298                                   move(TemplateParamLists),
3299                                   Redeclaration);
3300   }
3301 
3302   if (New == 0)
3303     return 0;
3304 
3305   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
3306   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
3307   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
3308        !(Redeclaration && New->isInvalidDecl()))
3309     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
3310 
3311   return New;
3312 }
3313 
3314 /// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array
3315 /// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise
3316 /// be errors (for GCC compatibility).
3317 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
3318                                                     ASTContext &Context,
3319                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
3320                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
3321   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
3322   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
3323   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
3324   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
3325   SizeIsNegative = false;
3326   Oversized = 0;
3327 
3328   if (T->isDependentType())
3329     return QualType();
3330 
3331   QualifierCollector Qs;
3332   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
3333 
3334   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
3335     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
3336     QualType FixedType =
3337         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
3338                                             Oversized);
3339     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
3340     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
3341     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
3342   }
3343   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
3344     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
3345     QualType FixedType =
3346         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
3347                                             Oversized);
3348     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
3349     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
3350     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
3351   }
3352 
3353   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
3354   if (!VLATy)
3355     return QualType();
3356   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
3357   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
3358     return QualType();
3359 
3360   Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
3361   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
3362       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) ||
3363       !EvalResult.Val.isInt())
3364     return QualType();
3365 
3366   // Check whether the array size is negative.
3367   llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
3368   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
3369     SizeIsNegative = true;
3370     return QualType();
3371   }
3372 
3373   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
3374   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
3375     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
3376                                               Res);
3377   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
3378     Oversized = Res;
3379     return QualType();
3380   }
3381 
3382   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
3383                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
3384 }
3385 
3386 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so
3387 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations
3388 void
3389 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND,
3390                                        const LookupResult &Previous,
3391                                        Scope *S) {
3392   assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3393          "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!");
3394   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
3395   LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
3396 
3397   if (!Previous.isSingleResult())
3398     return;
3399 
3400   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
3401 
3402   // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be
3403   // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new
3404   // declaration.
3405   if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) {
3406     // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver
3407     // chain, so remove it from its scope.
3408 
3409     if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
3410       // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope.
3411       // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain
3412       // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain.
3413       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND);
3414 
3415     } else {
3416       // Find the scope for the original declaration.
3417       while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl))
3418         S = S->getParent();
3419     }
3420 
3421     if (S)
3422       S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl);
3423   }
3424 }
3425 
3426 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator
3427 Sema::findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
3428   if (ExternalSource) {
3429     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
3430     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
3431     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternalDecls(Decls);
3432     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
3433       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
3434         = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
3435       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
3436         LocallyScopedExternalDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
3437     }
3438   }
3439 
3440   return LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Name);
3441 }
3442 
3443 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
3444 /// does not identify a function.
3445 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) {
3446   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
3447   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
3448   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
3449     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
3450          diag::err_inline_non_function);
3451 
3452   if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified())
3453     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
3454          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
3455 
3456   if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified())
3457     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
3458          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
3459 }
3460 
3461 NamedDecl*
3462 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
3463                              QualType R,  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3464                              LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
3465   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
3466   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3467     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
3468       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3469     D.setInvalidType();
3470     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
3471     DC = CurContext;
3472     Previous.clear();
3473   }
3474 
3475   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3476     // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
3477     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
3478   }
3479 
3480   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
3481 
3482   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
3483     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
3484   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
3485     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
3486       << 1;
3487 
3488   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
3489     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
3490       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
3491     return 0;
3492   }
3493 
3494   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R, TInfo);
3495   if (!NewTD) return 0;
3496 
3497   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
3498   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
3499 
3500   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
3501 
3502   return ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
3503 }
3504 
3505 void
3506 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
3507   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
3508   // then it shall have block scope.
3509   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
3510   // that redeclarations will match.
3511   QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType();
3512   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
3513     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
3514 
3515     if (S->getFnParent() == 0) {
3516       bool SizeIsNegative;
3517       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
3518       QualType FixedTy =
3519           TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative,
3520                                               Oversized);
3521       if (!FixedTy.isNull()) {
3522         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
3523         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy));
3524       } else {
3525         if (SizeIsNegative)
3526           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
3527         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
3528           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
3529         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
3530           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) << Oversized.toString(10);
3531         else
3532           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
3533         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
3534       }
3535     }
3536   }
3537 }
3538 
3539 
3540 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
3541 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
3542 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
3543 NamedDecl*
3544 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
3545                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
3546   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
3547   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
3548   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false,
3549                        /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false);
3550   if (!Previous.empty()) {
3551     Redeclaration = true;
3552     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
3553   }
3554 
3555   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
3556   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
3557     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
3558         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
3559       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
3560         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
3561       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
3562         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
3563       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
3564         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
3565       else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list"))
3566         Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD));
3567     }
3568 
3569   return NewTD;
3570 }
3571 
3572 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
3573 /// previous declaration.
3574 ///
3575 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
3576 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
3577 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
3578 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
3579 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
3580 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
3581 ///
3582 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
3583 /// lookup
3584 ///
3585 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
3586 /// declared.
3587 ///
3588 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
3589 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
3590 static bool
3591 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
3592                                 ASTContext &Context) {
3593   if (!PrevDecl)
3594     return false;
3595 
3596   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
3597     return false;
3598 
3599   if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3600     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
3601     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
3602     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
3603     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
3604     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
3605     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
3606     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
3607     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
3608       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
3609       return false;
3610 
3611     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
3612     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
3613       // We found a member function: ignore it.
3614       return false;
3615 
3616     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
3617     // previous declarations.
3618     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
3619     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
3620 
3621     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
3622     // isn't the same function.
3623     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
3624       return false;
3625   }
3626 
3627   return true;
3628 }
3629 
3630 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
3631   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
3632   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
3633   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
3634 }
3635 
3636 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
3637   QualType type = decl->getType();
3638   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
3639   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
3640     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
3641     unsigned kind = -1U;
3642     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
3643       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
3644         kind = 0; // __block
3645       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
3646         kind = 1; // global
3647     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
3648       kind = 3; // ivar
3649     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
3650       kind = 2; // field
3651     }
3652 
3653     if (kind != -1U) {
3654       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
3655         << kind;
3656     }
3657   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
3658     // Try to infer lifetime.
3659     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
3660       return false;
3661 
3662     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
3663     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
3664     decl->setType(type);
3665   }
3666 
3667   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
3668     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
3669     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
3670         var->isThreadSpecified()) {
3671       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
3672         << var->getType();
3673       return true;
3674     }
3675   }
3676 
3677   return false;
3678 }
3679 
3680 NamedDecl*
3681 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
3682                               QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3683                               LookupResult &Previous,
3684                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
3685                               bool &Redeclaration) {
3686   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
3687 
3688   // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
3689   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3690     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
3691 
3692   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
3693   assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3694          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3695   VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
3696   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
3697     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
3698     // an error here
3699     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3700     D.setInvalidType();
3701     SC = SC_None;
3702   }
3703   SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
3704   VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
3705     = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
3706 
3707   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
3708   if (!II) {
3709     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
3710       << Name.getAsString();
3711     return 0;
3712   }
3713 
3714   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
3715 
3716   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) {
3717     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
3718     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
3719     if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) {
3720 
3721       // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this
3722       // is a GNU extension.
3723       if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel())
3724         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register);
3725       else
3726         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
3727       D.setInvalidType();
3728     }
3729   }
3730 
3731   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
3732   VarDecl *NewVD;
3733   if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3734     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3735                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
3736                             R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
3737 
3738     if (D.isInvalidType())
3739       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
3740   } else {
3741     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
3742       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
3743       if (SC == SC_Static) {
3744         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3745              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
3746           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3747       } else if (SC == SC_None)
3748         SC = SC_Static;
3749     }
3750     if (SC == SC_Static) {
3751       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
3752         if (RD->isLocalClass())
3753           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3754                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
3755             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
3756 
3757         // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
3758         // the program is ill-formed.
3759         //
3760         // We also disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
3761         if (CurContext->isRecord() && (RD->isUnion() || !RD->getDeclName()))
3762           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3763                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_union_or_anon_struct)
3764             << Name << RD->isUnion();
3765       }
3766     }
3767 
3768     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
3769     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
3770     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
3771     bool Invalid = false;
3772     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
3773         = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
3774                                   D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3775                                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3776                                                   D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
3777                                                   TemplateParamLists.get(),
3778                                                   TemplateParamLists.size(),
3779                                                   /*never a friend*/ false,
3780                                                   isExplicitSpecialization,
3781                                                   Invalid)) {
3782       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
3783         // There is no such thing as a variable template.
3784         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable)
3785           << II
3786           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
3787                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
3788         return 0;
3789       } else {
3790         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
3791         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
3792         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
3793              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
3794           << II
3795           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
3796                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
3797       }
3798     }
3799 
3800     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3801                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
3802                             R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
3803 
3804     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
3805     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
3806     if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto &&
3807         R->getContainedAutoType())
3808       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
3809 
3810     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid)
3811       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
3812 
3813     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
3814 
3815     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3816       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
3817                                            TemplateParamLists.size(),
3818                                            TemplateParamLists.release());
3819     }
3820 
3821     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) {
3822       // FIXME: check this is a valid use of constexpr.
3823       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
3824     }
3825   }
3826 
3827   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
3828   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
3829   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
3830 
3831   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) {
3832     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
3833       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global);
3834     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
3835       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported);
3836     else
3837       NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true);
3838   }
3839 
3840   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
3841     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
3842       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
3843         << 2
3844         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3845     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
3846       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
3847         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
3848         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
3849         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3850     else
3851       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
3852   }
3853 
3854   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
3855   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
3856 
3857   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
3858   // retainable type.
3859   if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
3860     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
3861 
3862   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
3863   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
3864     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
3865     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
3866     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
3867     if (S->getFnParent() != 0) {
3868       switch (SC) {
3869       case SC_None:
3870       case SC_Auto:
3871         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
3872         break;
3873       case SC_Register:
3874         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
3875           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
3876         break;
3877       case SC_Static:
3878       case SC_Extern:
3879       case SC_PrivateExtern:
3880         break;
3881       }
3882     }
3883 
3884     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
3885                                                 Context, Label));
3886   }
3887 
3888   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
3889   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet())
3890     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
3891 
3892   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
3893   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
3894   // declaration has linkage).
3895   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(),
3896                        isExplicitSpecialization);
3897 
3898   if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3899     CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration);
3900   else {
3901     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
3902     if (!Previous.empty()) {
3903       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
3904           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
3905           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3906         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
3907         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
3908         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
3909           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3910         Previous.clear();
3911         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
3912       }
3913     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3914       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
3915       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
3916         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
3917         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3918       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
3919     }
3920 
3921     CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration);
3922 
3923     // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it.
3924     if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
3925         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
3926       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
3927   }
3928 
3929   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
3930   // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not
3931   // here.
3932   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
3933     VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3934     if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) &&
3935         Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) {
3936       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
3937       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3938     }
3939   }
3940 
3941   // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of
3942   // such variables.
3943   if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() &&
3944       !NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
3945     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S);
3946 
3947   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
3948   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
3949   if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord())
3950     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD);
3951 
3952   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD);
3953 
3954   return NewVD;
3955 }
3956 
3957 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
3958 /// -Wshadow.
3959 ///
3960 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
3961 /// scope.
3962 ///
3963 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
3964 /// \param R the lookup of the name
3965 ///
3966 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
3967   // Return if warning is ignored.
3968   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) ==
3969         Diagnostic::Ignored)
3970     return;
3971 
3972   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
3973   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
3974     return;
3975 
3976   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
3977 
3978   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
3979   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
3980     return;
3981 
3982   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
3983   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
3984     return;
3985 
3986   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
3987   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
3988     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
3989       if (MD->isStatic())
3990         return;
3991 
3992   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
3993     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
3994       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
3995       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
3996       for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator
3997              I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end();
3998            I != E; ++I)
3999         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
4000           ShadowedDecl = *I;
4001           break;
4002         }
4003     }
4004 
4005   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
4006 
4007   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
4008   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
4009     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
4010     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
4011       return;
4012 
4013     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
4014     // static data members from base classes?
4015 
4016     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
4017     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
4018     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
4019   }
4020 
4021   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
4022   unsigned Kind;
4023   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
4024     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4025       Kind = 3; // field
4026     else
4027       Kind = 2; // static data member
4028   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
4029     Kind = 1; // global
4030   else
4031     Kind = 0; // local
4032 
4033   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
4034 
4035   // Emit warning and note.
4036   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
4037   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4038 }
4039 
4040 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
4041 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
4042   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) ==
4043         Diagnostic::Ignored)
4044     return;
4045 
4046   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
4047                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
4048   LookupName(R, S);
4049   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
4050 }
4051 
4052 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
4053 /// declaration.
4054 ///
4055 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
4056 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
4057 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
4058 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
4059 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
4060 ///
4061 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
4062 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD,
4063                                     LookupResult &Previous,
4064                                     bool &Redeclaration) {
4065   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
4066   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
4067     return;
4068 
4069   QualType T = NewVD->getType();
4070 
4071   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
4072     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
4073       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
4074     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
4075     NewVD->setType(T);
4076   }
4077 
4078   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
4079   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
4080   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
4081   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
4082   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
4083     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
4084     return NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4085   }
4086 
4087   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
4088       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4089     if (getLangOptions().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
4090       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
4091     else
4092       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
4093   }
4094 
4095   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
4096   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
4097       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4098     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4099 
4100   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
4101       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
4102     bool SizeIsNegative;
4103     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4104     QualType FixedTy =
4105         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4106                                             Oversized);
4107 
4108     if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
4109       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
4110       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
4111       // int a[10][n];
4112       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
4113 
4114       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
4115         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
4116         << SizeRange;
4117       else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
4118         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
4119         << SizeRange;
4120       else
4121         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
4122         << SizeRange;
4123       return NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4124     }
4125 
4126     if (FixedTy.isNull()) {
4127       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
4128         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4129       else
4130         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
4131       return NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4132     }
4133 
4134     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4135     NewVD->setType(FixedTy);
4136   }
4137 
4138   if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) {
4139     // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring
4140     // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C"
4141     // declaration with the same name.
4142     llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4143       = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewVD->getDeclName());
4144     if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
4145       Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
4146   }
4147 
4148   if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
4149     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
4150       << T;
4151     return NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4152   }
4153 
4154   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4155     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
4156     return NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4157   }
4158 
4159   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4160     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
4161     return NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4162   }
4163 
4164   // Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only
4165   // function pointer-to-members can do that.
4166   QualType Pointee;
4167   unsigned PtrOrRef = 0;
4168   if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>())
4169     Pointee = Ptr->getPointeeType();
4170   else if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
4171     Pointee = Ref->getPointeeType();
4172     PtrOrRef = 1;
4173   }
4174   if (!Pointee.isNull() && Pointee->isFunctionProtoType() &&
4175       Pointee->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) {
4176     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer)
4177         << PtrOrRef;
4178     return NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4179   }
4180 
4181   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4182     Redeclaration = true;
4183     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
4184   }
4185 }
4186 
4187 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
4188 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
4189   Sema *S;
4190   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
4191 };
4192 
4193 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
4194 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
4195 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
4196 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
4197                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
4198                                  void *UserData) {
4199   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
4200 
4201   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
4202     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
4203 
4204   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
4205 
4206   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
4207   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
4208     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
4209     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
4210     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
4211 
4212     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
4213   }
4214 
4215   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
4216        Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second;
4217        ++Path.Decls.first) {
4218     NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first;
4219     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
4220       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
4221         return true;
4222     }
4223   }
4224 
4225   return false;
4226 }
4227 
4228 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
4229 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
4230 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
4231   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
4232   CXXBasePaths Paths;
4233   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
4234   Data.Method = MD;
4235   Data.S = this;
4236   bool AddedAny = false;
4237   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
4238     for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(),
4239          E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4240       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) {
4241         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
4242         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
4243             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
4244             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
4245           AddedAny = true;
4246         }
4247       }
4248     }
4249   }
4250 
4251   return AddedAny;
4252 }
4253 
4254 static void DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
4255                                          bool isFriendDecl) {
4256   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
4257   DeclContext *DC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
4258   LookupResult Prev(S, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
4259                     Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
4260   llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
4261   llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
4262   TypoCorrection Correction;
4263   unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
4264                                   : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match;
4265 
4266   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4267   S.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, DC);
4268   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
4269          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
4270   if (!Prev.empty()) {
4271     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
4272          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
4273       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
4274       if (FD && isNearlyMatchingFunction(S.Context, FD, NewFD,
4275                                          MismatchedParams)) {
4276         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
4277         // involve a parameter
4278         unsigned ParamNum =
4279             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
4280         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
4281       }
4282     }
4283   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
4284   } else if ((Correction = S.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(),
4285                                          Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0, DC)) &&
4286              Correction.getCorrection() != Name) {
4287     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
4288                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
4289          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
4290       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
4291       if (FD && isNearlyMatchingFunction(S.Context, FD, NewFD,
4292                                          MismatchedParams)) {
4293         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
4294         // involve a parameter
4295         unsigned ParamNum =
4296             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
4297         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
4298       }
4299     }
4300     if (!NearMatches.empty())
4301       DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
4302                              : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest;
4303   }
4304 
4305   // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches
4306   if (Correction && NearMatches.empty())
4307     Correction = TypoCorrection();
4308 
4309   if (Correction)
4310     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
4311         << Name << DC << Correction.getQuoted(S.getLangOptions())
4312         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
4313             NewFD->getLocation(), Correction.getAsString(S.getLangOptions()));
4314   else
4315     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) << Name << DC << NewFD->getLocation();
4316 
4317   for (llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1>::iterator
4318        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
4319        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
4320     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
4321 
4322     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
4323       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
4324       S.Diag(FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(),
4325              diag::note_member_def_close_param_match)
4326           << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType();
4327     } else if (Correction) {
4328       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
4329         << Correction.getQuoted(S.getLangOptions());
4330     } else
4331       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match);
4332   }
4333 }
4334 
4335 NamedDecl*
4336 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
4337                               QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4338                               LookupResult &Previous,
4339                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
4340                               bool IsFunctionDefinition, bool &Redeclaration,
4341                               bool &AddToScope) {
4342   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
4343 
4344   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4345   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4346   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4347   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = SC_None;
4348   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
4349   default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!");
4350   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
4351   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
4352   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
4353     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4354          diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
4355     D.setInvalidType();
4356     break;
4357   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = SC_None; break;
4358   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:      SC = SC_Extern; break;
4359   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
4360     if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
4361       // C99 6.7.1p5:
4362       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
4363       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
4364       //   other than extern
4365       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
4366       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4367            diag::err_static_block_func);
4368       SC = SC_None;
4369     } else
4370       SC = SC_Static;
4371     break;
4372   }
4373   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = SC_PrivateExtern; break;
4374   }
4375 
4376   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
4377     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
4378 
4379   // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
4380   if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) {
4381     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4382          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0
4383     << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()
4384     << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*");
4385 
4386     QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
4387     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
4388     if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
4389       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
4390       R = Context.getFunctionType(T, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
4391                                   FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
4392     }
4393     else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R))
4394       R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T);
4395   }
4396 
4397   FunctionDecl *NewFD;
4398   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
4399   bool isFriend = false;
4400   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
4401   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
4402     = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
4403   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
4404   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
4405   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
4406   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
4407 
4408   if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4409     // Determine whether the function was written with a
4410     // prototype. This true when:
4411     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
4412     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
4413     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
4414     bool HasPrototype =
4415     (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
4416     (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
4417 
4418     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4419                                  NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
4420                                  HasPrototype);
4421     if (D.isInvalidType())
4422       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4423 
4424     // Set the lexical context.
4425     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
4426     // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
4427     FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(),
4428                          /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false);
4429   } else {
4430     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4431     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
4432     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
4433     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
4434     bool isVirtualOkay = false;
4435 
4436     // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
4437     // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
4438     // the class has been completely parsed.
4439     if (!DC->isRecord() &&
4440       RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4441                              R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
4442                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
4443                              AbstractReturnType))
4444       D.setInvalidType();
4445 
4446     if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
4447       // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
4448       assert(DC->isRecord() &&
4449              "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
4450 
4451       R = CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
4452 
4453       // Create the new declaration
4454       CXXConstructorDecl *NewCD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create(
4455                                          Context,
4456                                          cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
4457                                          D.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4458                                          NameInfo, R, TInfo,
4459                                          isExplicit, isInline,
4460                                          /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
4461                                          isConstexpr);
4462 
4463       NewFD = NewCD;
4464     } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
4465       // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
4466       if (DC->isRecord()) {
4467         R = CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
4468         CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
4469 
4470         CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, Record,
4471                                           D.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4472                                           NameInfo, R, TInfo,
4473                                           isInline,
4474                                           /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
4475         NewFD = NewDD;
4476         isVirtualOkay = true;
4477 
4478         // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
4479         // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
4480         // it yet.
4481         if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && !Record->isDependentType() &&
4482             Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
4483             R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
4484           AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
4485         }
4486 
4487       } else {
4488         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
4489 
4490         // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
4491         // code path.
4492         NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4493                                      D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
4494                                      SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
4495                                      /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
4496         D.setInvalidType();
4497       }
4498     } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
4499       if (!DC->isRecord()) {
4500         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4501              diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
4502         return 0;
4503       }
4504 
4505       CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
4506       NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
4507                                         D.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4508                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo,
4509                                         isInline, isExplicit, isConstexpr,
4510                                         SourceLocation());
4511 
4512       isVirtualOkay = true;
4513     } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
4514       // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
4515       // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
4516       // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
4517       // constructor if it has no return type).
4518       if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
4519           Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
4520         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
4521           << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
4522           << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
4523         return 0;
4524       }
4525 
4526       bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static;
4527 
4528       // [class.free]p1:
4529       // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member
4530       // (even if not explicitly declared static).
4531       if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
4532           Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New)
4533         isStatic = true;
4534 
4535       // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member
4536       // (even if not explicitly declared static).
4537       if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
4538           Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete)
4539         isStatic = true;
4540 
4541       // This is a C++ method declaration.
4542       CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = CXXMethodDecl::Create(
4543                                                Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
4544                                                D.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4545                                                NameInfo, R, TInfo,
4546                                                isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline,
4547                                                isConstexpr,
4548                                                SourceLocation());
4549       NewFD = NewMD;
4550 
4551       isVirtualOkay = !isStatic;
4552     } else {
4553       // Determine whether the function was written with a
4554       // prototype. This true when:
4555       //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
4556       NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4557                                    NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
4558                                    true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
4559     }
4560 
4561     if (isFriend && !isInline && IsFunctionDefinition) {
4562       // C++ [class.friend]p5
4563       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
4564       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
4565       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
4566     }
4567 
4568     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
4569     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
4570     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
4571     if (D.isInvalidType())
4572       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4573 
4574     // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++
4575     // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the
4576     // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
4577     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
4578 
4579     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
4580     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
4581     bool Invalid = false;
4582     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
4583           = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
4584                                   D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4585                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4586                                   D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4587                                   TemplateParamLists.get(),
4588                                   TemplateParamLists.size(),
4589                                   isFriend,
4590                                   isExplicitSpecialization,
4591                                   Invalid)) {
4592       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
4593         // This is a function template
4594 
4595         // Check that we can declare a template here.
4596         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
4597           return 0;
4598 
4599         // A destructor cannot be a template.
4600         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
4601           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
4602           return 0;
4603         }
4604 
4605         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
4606                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
4607                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
4608                                                         NewFD);
4609         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
4610         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
4611 
4612         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
4613         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
4614           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
4615                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
4616                                                TemplateParamLists.release());
4617         }
4618       } else {
4619         // This is a function template specialization.
4620         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
4621         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
4622         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
4623                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
4624                                              TemplateParamLists.release());
4625 
4626         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
4627         if (isFriend) {
4628           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
4629           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
4630 
4631           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
4632           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
4633           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
4634           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
4635           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
4636           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
4637           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
4638             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
4639             InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
4640           }
4641 
4642           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
4643             << Name << RemoveRange
4644             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
4645             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
4646         }
4647       }
4648     }
4649     else {
4650       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
4651       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
4652       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
4653         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
4654         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
4655                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
4656                                              TemplateParamLists.release());
4657     }
4658 
4659     if (Invalid) {
4660       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4661       if (FunctionTemplate)
4662         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
4663     }
4664 
4665     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
4666     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
4667     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
4668     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
4669     //
4670     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
4671       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
4672         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4673              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
4674       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
4675         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
4676         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4677              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
4678           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
4679       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
4680         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
4681         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
4682         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4683              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
4684           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
4685       } else {
4686         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
4687         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
4688       }
4689     }
4690 
4691     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
4692     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function declaration.
4693     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
4694       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
4695         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
4696         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
4697              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
4698           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
4699       }
4700     }
4701 
4702     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
4703     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
4704     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition; see 12.3.1
4705     //  and 12.3.2.
4706     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
4707       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
4708         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
4709         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
4710              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
4711           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
4712       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
4713                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
4714         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
4715         // or conversion function.
4716         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
4717              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
4718           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
4719       }
4720     }
4721 
4722     if (isConstexpr) {
4723       // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
4724       // are implicitly inline.
4725       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
4726 
4727       // FIXME: If this is a redeclaration, check the original declaration was
4728       // marked constepr.
4729 
4730       // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
4731       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
4732       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
4733       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
4734         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
4735              diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
4736     }
4737 
4738     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
4739     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
4740       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
4741         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
4742           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
4743         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
4744           << 0
4745           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
4746       } else {
4747         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
4748         if (FunctionTemplate)
4749           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
4750       }
4751     }
4752 
4753     // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
4754     FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(),
4755                          isExplicitSpecialization ||
4756                          isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
4757 
4758     if (isFriend) {
4759       // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration.
4760       if (FunctionTemplate) {
4761         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
4762         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
4763       }
4764       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
4765       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
4766     }
4767 
4768     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && IsFunctionDefinition) {
4769       // A method is implicitly inline if it's defined in its class
4770       // definition.
4771       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
4772     }
4773 
4774     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
4775         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
4776       // C++ [class.static]p1:
4777       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
4778       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
4779       //   the class.
4780 
4781       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
4782       // member function definition.
4783       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4784            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
4785         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4786     }
4787   }
4788 
4789   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
4790   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
4791     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
4792     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
4793     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
4794                                                 SE->getString()));
4795   }
4796 
4797   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
4798   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
4799   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
4800   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
4801     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
4802 
4803     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
4804     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
4805     // single void argument.
4806     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
4807     // already checks for that case.
4808     if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
4809         FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param &&
4810         cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) {
4811       // Empty arg list, don't push any params.
4812       ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param);
4813 
4814       // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a
4815       // typedef of void is not permitted.
4816       if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4817           Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) {
4818         bool IsTypeAlias = false;
4819         if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>())
4820           IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl());
4821         else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST =
4822                    Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>())
4823           IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias();
4824         Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void)
4825           << IsTypeAlias;
4826       }
4827     } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) {
4828       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
4829         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param);
4830         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
4831         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
4832         Params.push_back(Param);
4833 
4834         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
4835           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4836       }
4837     }
4838 
4839   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
4840     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
4841     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
4842     // parameters for use in the declaration.
4843     //
4844     // @code
4845     // typedef void fn(int);
4846     // fn f;
4847     // @endcode
4848 
4849     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
4850     for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(),
4851          AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) {
4852       ParmVarDecl *Param =
4853         BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI);
4854       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
4855       Params.push_back(Param);
4856     }
4857   } else {
4858     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
4859            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
4860   }
4861   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
4862   NewFD->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size());
4863 
4864   // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration.
4865   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D,
4866                         /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false);
4867 
4868   if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4869     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
4870     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
4871     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
4872       if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
4873         // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
4874         // because all functions have linkage.
4875         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
4876         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4877       } else {
4878         if (NewFD->isMain())
4879           CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
4880         CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization,
4881                                  Redeclaration);
4882       }
4883     }
4884     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration ||
4885             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
4886            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
4887   } else {
4888     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
4889     // argument list into our AST format.
4890     bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
4891     TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
4892     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
4893       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
4894       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
4895       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
4896       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
4897                                          TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
4898                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
4899       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
4900                                  TemplateArgs);
4901       TemplateArgsPtr.release();
4902 
4903       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
4904 
4905       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
4906         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
4907       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
4908         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
4909         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
4910           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
4911 
4912         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
4913       } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
4914                  !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4915         // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
4916         // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
4917         // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
4918         // too few of them).
4919         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
4920           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
4921           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
4922                                         D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4923                                                   "template<> ");
4924         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
4925       } else {
4926         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
4927         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
4928       }
4929     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
4930       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
4931       // wrote something like:
4932       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
4933       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
4934       //   friend void foo<>(int);
4935       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
4936       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
4937         TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
4938       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
4939     }
4940 
4941     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
4942     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
4943     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
4944     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
4945     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
4946         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext())) {
4947       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
4948              "friend function specialization without template args");
4949       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
4950                                                        Previous))
4951         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4952     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
4953       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
4954           && !isFriend) {
4955         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
4956         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOptions().Microsoft ?
4957           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
4958           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
4959           << NewFD->getDeclName();
4960       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
4961                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0),
4962                                                      Previous))
4963         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4964 
4965       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
4966       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
4967       //   specialization (14.7.3)
4968       if (SC != SC_None) {
4969         if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass())
4970           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
4971                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
4972             << SC
4973             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
4974                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4975 
4976         else
4977           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
4978                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
4979             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
4980                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4981       }
4982 
4983     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
4984       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
4985           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4986     }
4987 
4988     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
4989     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
4990       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
4991         // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately.
4992         // This avoids some consistency errors later.
4993         if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
4994           methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl();
4995       } else {
4996         if (NewFD->isMain())
4997           CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
4998         CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization,
4999                                  Redeclaration);
5000       }
5001     }
5002 
5003     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration ||
5004             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
5005            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
5006 
5007     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
5008                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
5009                                 : NewFD);
5010 
5011     if (isFriend && Redeclaration) {
5012       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
5013       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
5014         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDeclaration()->getAccess();
5015 
5016       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
5017       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
5018 
5019       PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true);
5020     }
5021 
5022     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
5023         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
5024       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
5025 
5026     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
5027     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
5028     if (FunctionTemplate) {
5029       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDeclaration();
5030       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
5031                                  PrevTemplate? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0,
5032                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
5033                               ? (IsFunctionDefinition
5034                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
5035                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
5036                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
5037                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5038                                  DC->isDependentContext())
5039                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5040                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
5041     }
5042 
5043     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5044       // Ignore all the rest of this.
5045     } else if (!Redeclaration) {
5046       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
5047       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
5048         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
5049 
5050       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
5051       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5052         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
5053         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
5054 
5055         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
5056         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
5057         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
5058         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
5059         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
5060         // can actually do this check immediately.
5061         if (isFriend &&
5062             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
5063              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
5064              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
5065           // ignore these
5066         } else {
5067           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
5068           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
5069           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
5070           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
5071           //
5072           // class X {
5073           //   void f() const;
5074           // };
5075           //
5076           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
5077           //
5078           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
5079           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
5080           // whether the parameter types are references).
5081 
5082           DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD, false);
5083         }
5084 
5085         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
5086         // to something.
5087       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
5088         DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD, true);
5089       }
5090 
5091     } else if (!IsFunctionDefinition && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
5092                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
5093                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
5094       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
5095       // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5096       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
5097       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
5098       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an extension
5099       // for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to generate them.
5100       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
5101         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5102     }
5103   }
5104 
5105 
5106   // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes
5107   // (for example to check for conflicts, etc).
5108   // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then,
5109   // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts.
5110   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D,
5111                         /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true);
5112 
5113   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
5114   // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging
5115   if (Redeclaration && Previous.isSingleResult()) {
5116     const FunctionDecl *Def;
5117     FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
5118     if (PrevFD && PrevFD->isDefined(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) {
5119       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
5120       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
5121     }
5122   }
5123 
5124   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
5125 
5126   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
5127       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
5128     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
5129          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
5130       << NewFD;
5131 
5132     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
5133     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
5134     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
5135     EPI.Variadic = true;
5136     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
5137 
5138     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI);
5139     NewFD->setType(R);
5140   }
5141 
5142   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
5143   // member, set the visibility of this function.
5144   if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord())
5145     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
5146 
5147   // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the
5148   // map of such names.
5149   if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC()
5150       && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
5151     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S);
5152 
5153   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
5154   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
5155 
5156   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5157     if (FunctionTemplate) {
5158       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
5159         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5160       return FunctionTemplate;
5161     }
5162   }
5163 
5164   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
5165 
5166   if (getLangOptions().CUDA)
5167     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
5168       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5169           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5170         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
5171           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType())
5172             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
5173 
5174           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
5175         }
5176       }
5177 
5178   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
5179   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
5180   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
5181   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
5182     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
5183                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
5184                                 Context, CurContext,  SourceLocation(),
5185                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD));
5186     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
5187     AddToScope = false;
5188   }
5189 
5190   return NewFD;
5191 }
5192 
5193 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
5194 ///
5195 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
5196 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
5197 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
5198 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
5199 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
5200 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
5201 /// via InstantiateDecl).
5202 ///
5203 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is
5204 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
5205 ///
5206 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
5207 void Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
5208                                     LookupResult &Previous,
5209                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization,
5210                                     bool &Redeclaration) {
5211   assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()
5212          && "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
5213 
5214   // Check for a previous declaration of this name.
5215   if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
5216     // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring
5217     // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C"
5218     // declaration with the same name.
5219     llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
5220       = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewFD->getDeclName());
5221     if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
5222       Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
5223   }
5224 
5225   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
5226   // the same name, if appropriate.
5227   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5228     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
5229     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
5230     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
5231     // function to the scope.
5232 
5233     NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0;
5234     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
5235       Redeclaration = true;
5236       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
5237     } else {
5238       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
5239                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
5240       case Ovl_Match:
5241         Redeclaration = true;
5242         break;
5243 
5244       case Ovl_NonFunction:
5245         Redeclaration = true;
5246         break;
5247 
5248       case Ovl_Overload:
5249         Redeclaration = false;
5250         break;
5251       }
5252 
5253       if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
5254         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
5255         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
5256         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
5257           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
5258         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0;
5259         if (Redeclaration)
5260           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
5261         else if (!Previous.empty())
5262           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
5263         if (OverloadedDecl)
5264           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
5265                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
5266         NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(),
5267                                                         Context));
5268       }
5269     }
5270 
5271     if (Redeclaration) {
5272       // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
5273       // merged.
5274       if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl))
5275         return NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5276 
5277       Previous.clear();
5278       Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
5279 
5280       if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
5281                                     = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
5282         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
5283         FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
5284           = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
5285         assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
5286         if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
5287               = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
5288           Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
5289           NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
5290         }
5291 
5292         // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
5293         // template, mark it as a member specialization.
5294         if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
5295             NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
5296           NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
5297           assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
5298         }
5299 
5300         if (OldTemplateDecl->isModulePrivate())
5301           NewTemplateDecl->setModulePrivate();
5302 
5303       } else {
5304         if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions
5305           NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess());
5306         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
5307       }
5308     }
5309   }
5310 
5311   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
5312   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5313     // C++-specific checks.
5314     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
5315       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
5316     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
5317                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
5318       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
5319       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
5320 
5321       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
5322       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
5323       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
5324         DeclarationName Name
5325           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
5326                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
5327         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
5328           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
5329           return NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5330         }
5331       }
5332     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
5333                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
5334       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
5335     }
5336 
5337     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
5338     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
5339       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
5340           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
5341         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
5342           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
5343           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
5344             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual)
5345               << NewFD->getDeclName();
5346             for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator
5347                       Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(),
5348                    OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods();
5349                  Overridden != OverriddenEnd;
5350                  ++Overridden) {
5351               Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(),
5352                    diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
5353             }
5354           }
5355         }
5356       }
5357     }
5358 
5359     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
5360     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
5361         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD))
5362       return NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5363 
5364     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
5365     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
5366         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD))
5367       return NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5368 
5369     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
5370     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
5371     // during delayed parsing anyway.
5372     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
5373       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
5374 
5375     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
5376     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
5377     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
5378       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
5379       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
5380       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
5381         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
5382         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
5383         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
5384       }
5385     }
5386   }
5387 }
5388 
5389 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
5390   // C++ [basic.start.main]p3:  A program that declares main to be inline
5391   //   or static is ill-formed.
5392   // C99 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier
5393   //   shall not appear in a declaration of main.
5394   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
5395   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
5396     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
5397          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
5398       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5399   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
5400     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
5401       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
5402 
5403   QualType T = FD->getType();
5404   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
5405   const FunctionType* FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>();
5406 
5407   if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) {
5408     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint);
5409     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
5410   }
5411 
5412   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
5413   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
5414 
5415   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
5416   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs();
5417   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
5418 
5419   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
5420 
5421   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
5422   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
5423   // getting shifty.
5424   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
5425     HasExtraParameters = false;
5426 
5427   if (HasExtraParameters) {
5428     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
5429     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
5430     nparams = 3;
5431   }
5432 
5433   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
5434   // if we had some location information about types.
5435 
5436   QualType CharPP =
5437     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
5438   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
5439 
5440   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
5441     QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i);
5442 
5443     bool mismatch = true;
5444 
5445     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
5446       mismatch = false;
5447     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
5448       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
5449       //   char const **
5450       //   char const * const *
5451       //   char * const *
5452 
5453       QualifierCollector qs;
5454       const PointerType* PT;
5455       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
5456           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
5457           (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) {
5458         qs.removeConst();
5459         mismatch = !qs.empty();
5460       }
5461     }
5462 
5463     if (mismatch) {
5464       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
5465       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
5466       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
5467     }
5468   }
5469 
5470   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5471     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
5472   }
5473 
5474   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
5475     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl);
5476     FD->setInvalidDecl();
5477   }
5478 }
5479 
5480 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
5481   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
5482   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
5483   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
5484   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
5485   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
5486   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
5487   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
5488   // rules there don't matter.)
5489   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
5490     return false;
5491   Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
5492     << Init->getSourceRange();
5493   return true;
5494 }
5495 
5496 namespace {
5497   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
5498   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
5499   class SelfReferenceChecker
5500       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
5501     Sema &S;
5502     Decl *OrigDecl;
5503     bool isRecordType;
5504     bool isPODType;
5505 
5506   public:
5507     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
5508 
5509     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
5510                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
5511       isPODType = false;
5512       isRecordType = false;
5513       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
5514         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
5515         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
5516       }
5517     }
5518 
5519     void VisitExpr(Expr *E) {
5520       if (isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(*E)) return;
5521       if (isRecordType) {
5522         Expr *expr = E;
5523         if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
5524           ValueDecl *VD = ME->getMemberDecl();
5525           if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<VarDecl>(VD)) return;
5526           expr = ME->getBase();
5527         }
5528         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(expr)) {
5529           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
5530           return;
5531         }
5532       }
5533       Inherited::VisitExpr(E);
5534     }
5535 
5536     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
5537       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
5538       if (isa<FieldDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()))
5539         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE
5540               = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
5541           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
5542           return;
5543         }
5544       Inherited::VisitMemberExpr(E);
5545     }
5546 
5547     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
5548       if ((!isRecordType &&E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) ||
5549           (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) {
5550         Expr* SubExpr = E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
5551         if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(SubExpr))
5552           SubExpr = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
5553         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)) {
5554           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
5555           return;
5556         }
5557       }
5558       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
5559     }
5560 
5561     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
5562       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
5563       if (isRecordType && isPODType) return;
5564       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
5565     }
5566 
5567     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
5568       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
5569       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
5570       LookupResult Result(S, DRE->getNameInfo(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
5571                           Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
5572       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
5573                             S.PDiag(diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init)
5574                               << Result.getLookupName()
5575                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
5576                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
5577     }
5578   };
5579 }
5580 
5581 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
5582 void Sema::CheckSelfReference(Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E) {
5583   SelfReferenceChecker(*this, OrigDecl).VisitExpr(E);
5584 }
5585 
5586 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
5587 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
5588 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
5589 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
5590                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
5591   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
5592   // the initializer.
5593   if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
5594     return;
5595 
5596   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
5597   if (VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
5598     // Variables declared within a function/method body are handled
5599     // by a dataflow analysis.
5600     if (!vd->hasLocalStorage() && !vd->isStaticLocal())
5601       CheckSelfReference(RealDecl, Init);
5602   }
5603   else {
5604     CheckSelfReference(RealDecl, Init);
5605   }
5606 
5607   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
5608     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
5609     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
5610     // Thus this grotesque test.
5611     IntegerLiteral *IL;
5612     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
5613         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
5614       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
5615     else {
5616       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
5617         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
5618       Method->setInvalidDecl();
5619     }
5620     return;
5621   }
5622 
5623   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
5624   if (!VDecl) {
5625     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
5626     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
5627     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5628     return;
5629   }
5630 
5631   // C++0x [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
5632   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) {
5633     TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0;
5634     if (!DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), Init, DeducedType))
5635       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_deduction_failure)
5636         << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() << Init->getType()
5637         << Init->getSourceRange();
5638     if (!DeducedType) {
5639       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5640       return;
5641     }
5642     VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType);
5643     VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType());
5644 
5645     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
5646     if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
5647       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5648 
5649     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
5650     // the previously declared type.
5651     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDeclaration())
5652       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old);
5653   }
5654 
5655 
5656   // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
5657   // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the
5658   // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
5659   QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
5660   if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
5661     BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
5662   if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
5663                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
5664     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5665     return;
5666   }
5667 
5668   // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
5669   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
5670                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
5671                              AbstractVariableType))
5672     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5673 
5674   const VarDecl *Def;
5675   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
5676     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
5677       << VDecl->getDeclName();
5678     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
5679     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5680     return;
5681   }
5682 
5683   const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0;
5684   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5685     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
5686     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
5687     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
5688     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
5689     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
5690     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
5691     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
5692     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
5693     //
5694     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
5695     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
5696     // declaration with an initializer.
5697     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
5698       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << VDecl->getDeclName();
5699       Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
5700       return;
5701     }
5702 
5703     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
5704       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
5705 
5706     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
5707       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5708       return;
5709     }
5710   }
5711 
5712   // Capture the variable that is being initialized and the style of
5713   // initialization.
5714   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
5715 
5716   // FIXME: Poor source location information.
5717   InitializationKind Kind
5718     = DirectInit? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
5719                                                    Init->getLocStart(),
5720                                                    Init->getLocEnd())
5721                 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
5722                                                  Init->getLocStart());
5723 
5724   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
5725   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
5726   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
5727   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
5728     if (VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5
5729       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
5730       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5731     } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
5732       InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1);
5733       ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
5734                                                 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1),
5735                                                 &DclT);
5736       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
5737         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5738         return;
5739       }
5740 
5741       Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
5742 
5743       // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers.
5744       // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics.
5745       if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
5746         if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) // C99 6.7.8p4.
5747           CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
5748       }
5749     }
5750   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
5751              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
5752     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
5753     //
5754     // struct S {
5755     //   static const int value = 17;
5756     // };
5757 
5758     // Try to perform the initialization regardless.
5759     if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
5760       InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1);
5761       ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
5762                                           MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1),
5763                                           &DclT);
5764       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
5765         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5766         return;
5767       }
5768 
5769       Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
5770     }
5771 
5772     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
5773     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
5774     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
5775     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
5776     QualType T = VDecl->getType();
5777 
5778     // Do nothing on dependent types.
5779     if (T->isDependentType()) {
5780 
5781     // Require constness.
5782     } else if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
5783       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
5784         << Init->getSourceRange();
5785       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5786 
5787     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
5788     } else if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
5789       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
5790       SourceLocation Loc;
5791       if (Init->isValueDependent())
5792         ; // Nothing to check.
5793       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
5794         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
5795       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
5796         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
5797         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
5798         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
5799           << Init->getSourceRange();
5800       } else {
5801         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
5802         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
5803         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
5804           << Init->getSourceRange();
5805         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5806       }
5807 
5808     // We allow floating-point constants as an extension in C++03, and
5809     // C++0x has far more complicated rules that we don't really
5810     // implement fully.
5811     } else {
5812       bool Allowed = false;
5813       if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) {
5814         Allowed = T->isLiteralType();
5815       } else if (T->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
5816         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
5817           << T << Init->getSourceRange();
5818         Allowed = true;
5819       }
5820 
5821       if (!Allowed) {
5822         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
5823           << T << Init->getSourceRange();
5824         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5825 
5826       // TODO: there are probably expressions that pass here that shouldn't.
5827       } else if (!Init->isValueDependent() &&
5828                  !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) {
5829         Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
5830           << Init->getSourceRange();
5831         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5832       }
5833     }
5834   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
5835     if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern &&
5836         (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
5837          !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()))
5838       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
5839     if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
5840       InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1);
5841       ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
5842                                                 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1),
5843                                                 &DclT);
5844       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
5845         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5846         return;
5847       }
5848 
5849       Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
5850     }
5851 
5852     // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers.
5853     // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics.
5854     if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
5855       // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
5856       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
5857     }
5858   }
5859   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
5860   // completed by the initializer. For example:
5861   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
5862   // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
5863   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) {
5864     VDecl->setType(DclT);
5865     Init->setType(DclT);
5866   }
5867 
5868   // Check any implicit conversions within the expression.
5869   CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation());
5870 
5871   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
5872     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
5873 
5874   Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init);
5875   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
5876   VDecl->setInit(Init);
5877 
5878   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
5879 }
5880 
5881 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
5882 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
5883 /// of sanity.
5884 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
5885   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
5886   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
5887   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
5888 
5889   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
5890   if (!VD) return;
5891 
5892   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
5893   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
5894     D->setInvalidDecl();
5895     return;
5896   }
5897 
5898   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
5899   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
5900 
5901   // Require a complete type.
5902   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
5903                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
5904                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
5905     VD->setInvalidDecl();
5906     return;
5907   }
5908 
5909   // Require an abstract type.
5910   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
5911                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
5912                              AbstractVariableType)) {
5913     VD->setInvalidDecl();
5914     return;
5915   }
5916 
5917   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
5918   // though.
5919 }
5920 
5921 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
5922                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
5923   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
5924   if (RealDecl == 0)
5925     return;
5926 
5927   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
5928     QualType Type = Var->getType();
5929 
5930     // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p3
5931     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
5932       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
5933         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
5934       Var->setInvalidDecl();
5935       return;
5936     }
5937 
5938     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
5939     case VarDecl::Definition:
5940       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
5941         break;
5942 
5943       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
5944       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
5945       // a declaration.
5946       //
5947       // Fall through
5948 
5949     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
5950       // It's only a declaration.
5951 
5952       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
5953       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
5954       // object shall be complete.
5955       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
5956           !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
5957           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
5958                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
5959         Var->setInvalidDecl();
5960 
5961       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
5962       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
5963           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
5964                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
5965                                  AbstractVariableType))
5966         Var->setInvalidDecl();
5967       return;
5968 
5969     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
5970       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
5971       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
5972       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
5973       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
5974       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
5975       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
5976         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
5977                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
5978           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
5979                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
5980                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
5981             Var->setInvalidDecl();
5982         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
5983           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
5984           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
5985           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
5986           // NOTE: code such as the following
5987           //     static struct s;
5988           //     struct s { int a; };
5989           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
5990           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
5991           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
5992           if (Var->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0)
5993             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
5994                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
5995         }
5996       }
5997 
5998       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
5999       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
6000         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
6001       return;
6002     }
6003 
6004     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
6005     // definitions with incomplete array type.
6006     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
6007       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
6008            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
6009       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6010       return;
6011     }
6012 
6013     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
6014     // definitions with reference type.
6015     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
6016       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
6017         << Var->getDeclName()
6018         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
6019       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6020       return;
6021     }
6022 
6023     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
6024     // variable with dependent type.
6025     if (Type->isDependentType())
6026       return;
6027 
6028     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
6029       return;
6030 
6031     if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
6032                             Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
6033                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
6034       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6035       return;
6036     }
6037 
6038     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
6039     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
6040                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6041                                AbstractVariableType)) {
6042       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6043       return;
6044     }
6045 
6046     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
6047     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
6048     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
6049     // C++0x [stmt.dcl]p3
6050     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
6051     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
6052     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
6053     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
6054     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
6055     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
6056     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
6057       if (const RecordType *Record
6058             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
6059         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
6060         if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && !CXXRecord->isPOD()) ||
6061             (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
6062              (!CXXRecord->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() ||
6063               !CXXRecord->hasTrivialDestructor())))
6064           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6065       }
6066     }
6067 
6068     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
6069     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
6070     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
6071     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
6072     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
6073     //   type shall have a user-declared default
6074     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
6075     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
6076     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
6077     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
6078     //   program is ill-formed.
6079     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
6080     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
6081     //   default-initialized; [...].
6082     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
6083     InitializationKind Kind
6084       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
6085 
6086     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0);
6087     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
6088                                       MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0));
6089     if (Init.isInvalid())
6090       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6091     else if (Init.get())
6092       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
6093 
6094     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
6095   }
6096 }
6097 
6098 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
6099   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
6100   if (!VD) {
6101     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
6102     D->setInvalidDecl();
6103     return;
6104   }
6105 
6106   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
6107 
6108   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
6109   int Error = -1;
6110   switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) {
6111   case SC_None:
6112     break;
6113   case SC_Extern:
6114     Error = 0;
6115     break;
6116   case SC_Static:
6117     Error = 1;
6118     break;
6119   case SC_PrivateExtern:
6120     Error = 2;
6121     break;
6122   case SC_Auto:
6123     Error = 3;
6124     break;
6125   case SC_Register:
6126     Error = 4;
6127     break;
6128   }
6129   // FIXME: constexpr isn't allowed here.
6130   //if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
6131   //  Error = 5;
6132   if (Error != -1) {
6133     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
6134       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
6135     D->setInvalidDecl();
6136   }
6137 }
6138 
6139 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
6140   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
6141 
6142   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
6143   // local retaining variable.
6144   if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
6145       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
6146     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
6147     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
6148     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
6149     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
6150       break;
6151 
6152     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
6153     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
6154       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6155       break;
6156     }
6157   }
6158 
6159   // All the following checks are C++ only.
6160   if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) return;
6161 
6162   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType());
6163   if (baseType->isDependentType()) return;
6164 
6165   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
6166   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6167     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
6168     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
6169 
6170     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
6171     // constructing this copy.
6172     QualType type = var->getType();
6173 
6174     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
6175       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
6176       Expr *varRef = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, type, VK_LValue, poi);
6177       ExprResult result =
6178         PerformCopyInitialization(
6179                         InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
6180                                   poi, Owned(varRef));
6181       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
6182         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
6183         Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>();
6184         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
6185       }
6186     }
6187   }
6188 
6189   // Check for global constructors.
6190   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
6191       var->hasGlobalStorage() &&
6192       !var->isStaticLocal() &&
6193       var->getInit() &&
6194       !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(Context,
6195                                              baseType->isReferenceType()))
6196     Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
6197       << var->getInit()->getSourceRange();
6198 
6199   // Require the destructor.
6200   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
6201     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
6202 }
6203 
6204 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
6205 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
6206 void
6207 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
6208   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
6209   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
6210 }
6211 
6212 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
6213 Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
6214                               Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) {
6215   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
6216 
6217   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
6218     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
6219 
6220   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i)
6221     if (Decl *D = Group[i])
6222       Decls.push_back(D);
6223 
6224   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(),
6225                               DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto);
6226 }
6227 
6228 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
6229 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
6230 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
6231 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls,
6232                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
6233   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
6234   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
6235   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
6236   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
6237   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
6238   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
6239   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
6240   if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) {
6241     QualType Deduced;
6242     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
6243     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0;
6244     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) {
6245       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
6246         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
6247         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
6248         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
6249           break;
6250         if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) {
6251           QualType U = AT->getDeducedType();
6252           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
6253           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
6254             Deduced = U;
6255             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
6256             DeducedDecl = D;
6257           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
6258             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
6259                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
6260               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
6261               << U << D->getDeclName()
6262               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
6263               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
6264             D->setInvalidDecl();
6265             break;
6266           }
6267         }
6268       }
6269     }
6270   }
6271 
6272   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls));
6273 }
6274 
6275 
6276 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
6277 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
6278 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
6279   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
6280 
6281   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
6282   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
6283   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None;
6284   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
6285     StorageClass = SC_Register;
6286     StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register;
6287   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
6288     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6289          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
6290     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
6291   }
6292 
6293   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
6294     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
6295   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
6296     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
6297       << 0;
6298 
6299   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
6300 
6301   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
6302   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
6303 
6304   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6305     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
6306     // parameter.
6307     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
6308 
6309     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
6310     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6311       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
6312         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6313       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
6314     }
6315   }
6316 
6317   // Ensure we have a valid name
6318   IdentifierInfo *II = 0;
6319   if (D.hasName()) {
6320     II = D.getIdentifier();
6321     if (!II) {
6322       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
6323         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString();
6324       D.setInvalidType(true);
6325     }
6326   }
6327 
6328   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
6329   if (II) {
6330     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
6331                    ForRedeclaration);
6332     LookupName(R, S);
6333     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
6334       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
6335       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
6336         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
6337         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
6338         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
6339         PrevDecl = 0;
6340       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
6341         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
6342         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6343 
6344         // Recover by removing the name
6345         II = 0;
6346         D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc());
6347         D.setInvalidType(true);
6348       }
6349     }
6350   }
6351 
6352   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
6353   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
6354   // looking like class members in C++.
6355   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
6356                                     D.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6357                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
6358                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
6359                                     StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten);
6360 
6361   if (D.isInvalidType())
6362     New->setInvalidDecl();
6363 
6364   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
6365   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
6366   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
6367                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
6368 
6369   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
6370   S->AddDecl(New);
6371   if (II)
6372     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
6373 
6374   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
6375 
6376   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
6377     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
6378       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
6379       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
6380       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
6381 
6382   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6383     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
6384   }
6385   return New;
6386 }
6387 
6388 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
6389 /// typedef.
6390 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
6391                                               SourceLocation Loc,
6392                                               QualType T) {
6393   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
6394      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
6395      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
6396   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0,
6397                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
6398                                            SC_None, SC_None, 0);
6399   Param->setImplicit();
6400   return Param;
6401 }
6402 
6403 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
6404                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
6405   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
6406   // will already have done so in the template itself.
6407   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
6408     return;
6409 
6410   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
6411     if (!(*Param)->isUsed() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
6412         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
6413       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
6414         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
6415     }
6416   }
6417 }
6418 
6419 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
6420                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
6421                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
6422                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
6423   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
6424     return;
6425 
6426   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
6427   // threshold.
6428   if (ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
6429     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
6430     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
6431       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
6432           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
6433   }
6434 
6435   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
6436   // threshold.
6437   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
6438     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
6439     if (!T.isPODType(Context))
6440       continue;
6441     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
6442     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
6443       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
6444           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
6445   }
6446 }
6447 
6448 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
6449                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
6450                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
6451                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass,
6452                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) {
6453   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
6454   if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
6455       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
6456       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
6457 
6458     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
6459 
6460     // Special cases for arrays:
6461     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
6462     //   - otherwise, it's an error
6463     if (T->isArrayType()) {
6464       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
6465         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership)
6466           << TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
6467       }
6468       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
6469     } else {
6470       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
6471     }
6472     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
6473   }
6474 
6475   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
6476                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
6477                                          TSInfo,
6478                                          StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten,
6479                                          0);
6480 
6481   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
6482   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
6483   // the class has been completely parsed.
6484   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
6485       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6486                              AbstractParamType))
6487     New->setInvalidDecl();
6488 
6489   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
6490   // passed by reference.
6491   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
6492     Diag(NameLoc,
6493          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
6494       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, "*");
6495     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
6496     New->setType(T);
6497   }
6498 
6499   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
6500   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
6501   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
6502   // an address space.
6503   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
6504     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
6505     New->setInvalidDecl();
6506   }
6507 
6508   return New;
6509 }
6510 
6511 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
6512                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
6513   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
6514 
6515   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
6516   // for a K&R function.
6517   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
6518     for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
6519       --i;
6520       if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) {
6521         llvm::SmallString<256> Code;
6522         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << "  int "
6523                                         << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName()
6524                                         << ";\n";
6525         Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
6526           << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident
6527           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
6528 
6529         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
6530         // type.
6531         AttributeFactory attrs;
6532         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
6533         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
6534         unsigned DiagID; // unused
6535         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc,
6536                            PrevSpec, DiagID);
6537         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
6538         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
6539         FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
6540       }
6541     }
6542   }
6543 }
6544 
6545 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope,
6546                                          Declarator &D) {
6547   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused");
6548   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
6549   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
6550 
6551   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D,
6552                               MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this),
6553                               /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true);
6554   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
6555 }
6556 
6557 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
6558   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
6559   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
6560     return false;
6561 
6562   // Or declarations that aren't global.
6563   if (!FD->isGlobal())
6564     return false;
6565 
6566   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
6567   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
6568     return false;
6569 
6570   // Don't warn about 'main'.
6571   if (FD->isMain())
6572     return false;
6573 
6574   // Don't warn about inline functions.
6575   if (FD->isInlined())
6576     return false;
6577 
6578   // Don't warn about function templates.
6579   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
6580     return false;
6581 
6582   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
6583   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
6584     return false;
6585 
6586   bool MissingPrototype = true;
6587   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration();
6588        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) {
6589     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
6590     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
6591     if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
6592       continue;
6593 
6594     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
6595     break;
6596   }
6597 
6598   return MissingPrototype;
6599 }
6600 
6601 void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) {
6602   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
6603   // was an extern inline function.
6604   const FunctionDecl *Definition;
6605   if (FD->isDefined(Definition) &&
6606       !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) {
6607     if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
6608         Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
6609       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
6610         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
6611     else
6612       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
6613     Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
6614   }
6615 }
6616 
6617 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
6618   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
6619   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
6620 
6621   if (!D)
6622     return D;
6623   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
6624 
6625   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
6626     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
6627   else
6628     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
6629 
6630   // Enter a new function scope
6631   PushFunctionScope();
6632 
6633   // See if this is a redefinition.
6634   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
6635     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
6636 
6637   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
6638   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
6639     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
6640       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
6641       FD->setInvalidDecl();
6642     }
6643   }
6644 
6645   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
6646   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
6647   QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType();
6648   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
6649       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6650       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
6651                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
6652     FD->setInvalidDecl();
6653 
6654   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
6655   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
6656   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
6657   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
6658   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
6659   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD))
6660     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
6661 
6662   if (FnBodyScope)
6663     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
6664 
6665   // Check the validity of our function parameters
6666   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
6667                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
6668 
6669   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
6670   for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) {
6671     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p);
6672     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
6673 
6674     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
6675     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
6676       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
6677 
6678       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
6679     }
6680   }
6681 
6682   // Checking attributes of current function definition
6683   // dllimport attribute.
6684   DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6685   if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) {
6686     // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition.
6687     // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope.
6688     if (!DA->isInherited() &&
6689         !(LangOpts.Microsoft && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
6690       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
6691            diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration)
6692         << "dllimport";
6693       FD->setInvalidDecl();
6694       return FD;
6695     }
6696 
6697     // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue
6698     // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled.
6699     if (!LangOpts.Microsoft) {
6700       // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the
6701       // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is
6702       // emitted.
6703       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
6704            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
6705         << FD->getName() << "dllimport";
6706     }
6707   }
6708   return FD;
6709 }
6710 
6711 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
6712 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
6713 /// optimization.
6714 ///
6715 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
6716 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
6717 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
6718 /// use the named return value optimization.
6719 ///
6720 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
6721 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is
6722 /// the NRVO variable.
6723 ///
6724 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return
6725 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to
6726 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables.
6727 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
6728   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
6729 
6730   const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0;
6731   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
6732     if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
6733       return;
6734 
6735     if (!NRVOCandidate)
6736       NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate();
6737     else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
6738       return;
6739   }
6740 
6741   if (NRVOCandidate)
6742     const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true);
6743 }
6744 
6745 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
6746   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false);
6747 }
6748 
6749 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
6750                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
6751   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
6752   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl);
6753   if (FunTmpl)
6754     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
6755   else
6756     FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl);
6757 
6758   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
6759   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0;
6760 
6761   if (FD) {
6762     FD->setBody(Body);
6763     if (FD->isMain()) {
6764       // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0.
6765       // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
6766       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
6767       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
6768     } else if (FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) {
6769       // If the function is marked 'naked', don't complain about missing return
6770       // statements.
6771       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
6772     }
6773 
6774     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
6775     // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct.
6776     if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && FD->isPure())
6777       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition);
6778 
6779     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6780       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
6781       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
6782                                              FD->getResultType(), FD);
6783 
6784       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
6785       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
6786         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
6787 
6788       computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
6789     }
6790 
6791     assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused");
6792   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
6793     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
6794     MD->setBody(Body);
6795     if (Body)
6796       MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd());
6797     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6798       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
6799       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
6800                                              MD->getResultType(), MD);
6801 
6802       if (Body)
6803         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
6804     }
6805     if (ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc) {
6806       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_dealloc);
6807       ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc = false;
6808     }
6809     if (ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize) {
6810       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_finalize);
6811       ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize = false;
6812     }
6813   } else {
6814     return 0;
6815   }
6816 
6817   assert(!ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc && "This should only be set for "
6818          "ObjC methods, which should have been handled in the block above.");
6819   assert(!ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize && "This should only be set for "
6820          "ObjC methods, which should have been handled in the block above.");
6821 
6822   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
6823   if (Body) {
6824     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
6825     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
6826     // Verify this.
6827     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
6828       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
6829 
6830     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
6831     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
6832         !dcl->isInvalidDecl() &&
6833         !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction())
6834       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
6835 
6836     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
6837       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
6838         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
6839 
6840       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
6841                                              Destructor->getParent());
6842     }
6843 
6844     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
6845     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
6846     // deletion in some later function.
6847     if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
6848         PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
6849       ExprTemporaries.clear();
6850       ExprNeedsCleanups = false;
6851     } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
6852       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
6853       // enabled.
6854       ActivePolicy = &WP;
6855     }
6856 
6857     assert(ExprTemporaries.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
6858     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
6859   }
6860 
6861   if (!IsInstantiation)
6862     PopDeclContext();
6863 
6864   PopFunctionOrBlockScope(ActivePolicy, dcl);
6865 
6866   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
6867   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
6868   // deletion in some later function.
6869   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
6870     ExprTemporaries.clear();
6871     ExprNeedsCleanups = false;
6872   }
6873 
6874   return dcl;
6875 }
6876 
6877 
6878 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
6879 /// relevant Decl.
6880 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
6881                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
6882   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
6883 }
6884 
6885 
6886 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
6887 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
6888 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
6889                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
6890   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
6891   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
6892   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
6893   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
6894   llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
6895     = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(&II);
6896   if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) {
6897     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second;
6898     Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6899     return Pos->second;
6900   }
6901 
6902   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
6903   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
6904     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_builtin_unknown) << &II;
6905   else if (getLangOptions().C99)
6906     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II;
6907   else
6908     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II;
6909 
6910   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
6911   const char *Dummy;
6912   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
6913   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
6914   unsigned DiagID;
6915   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID);
6916   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
6917   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
6918   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
6919   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0,
6920                                              0, 0, true, SourceLocation(),
6921                                              SourceLocation(),
6922                                              EST_None, SourceLocation(),
6923                                              0, 0, 0, 0, Loc, Loc, D),
6924                 DS.getAttributes(),
6925                 SourceLocation());
6926   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
6927 
6928   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
6929 
6930   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
6931   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
6932 
6933   FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
6934   FD->setImplicit();
6935 
6936   CurContext = PrevDC;
6937 
6938   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
6939 
6940   return FD;
6941 }
6942 
6943 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
6944 /// the declaration of this function.
6945 ///
6946 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
6947 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
6948 /// like NSLog or printf.
6949 ///
6950 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
6951 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
6952 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
6953   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
6954     return;
6955 
6956   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
6957   // actual attributes.
6958   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
6959     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
6960     unsigned FormatIdx;
6961     bool HasVAListArg;
6962     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
6963       if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
6964         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
6965                                                 "printf", FormatIdx+1,
6966                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
6967     }
6968     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
6969                                              HasVAListArg)) {
6970      if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
6971        FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
6972                                               "scanf", FormatIdx+1,
6973                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
6974     }
6975 
6976     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
6977     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
6978     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
6979     if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno &&
6980         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
6981       if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
6982         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
6983     }
6984 
6985     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
6986       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
6987     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
6988       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
6989   }
6990 
6991   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
6992   if (!Name)
6993     return;
6994   if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6995        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
6996       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
6997        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
6998        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
6999     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
7000     // about.
7001   } else
7002     return;
7003 
7004   if (Name->isStr("NSLog") || Name->isStr("NSLogv")) {
7005     // FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific
7006     if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
7007       // FIXME: We known better than our headers.
7008       const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType(Context, "printf");
7009     } else
7010       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
7011                                              "printf", 1,
7012                                              Name->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2));
7013   } else if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
7014     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
7015     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
7016     if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
7017       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
7018                                              "printf", 2,
7019                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3));
7020   }
7021 }
7022 
7023 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
7024                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
7025   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
7026   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
7027 
7028   if (!TInfo) {
7029     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
7030     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
7031   }
7032 
7033   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
7034   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
7035                                            D.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
7036                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7037                                            D.getIdentifier(),
7038                                            TInfo);
7039 
7040   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
7041   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
7042     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
7043     return NewTD;
7044   }
7045 
7046   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
7047     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
7048       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
7049         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
7050         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
7051         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
7052     else
7053       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
7054   }
7055 
7056   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
7057   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
7058   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
7059   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
7060   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
7061   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
7062   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
7063   case TST_enum:
7064   case TST_struct:
7065   case TST_union:
7066   case TST_class: {
7067     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
7068 
7069     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
7070     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
7071     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
7072     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
7073 
7074     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
7075     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
7076 
7077     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
7078     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
7079       break;
7080 
7081     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
7082     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
7083     break;
7084   }
7085 
7086   default:
7087     break;
7088   }
7089 
7090   return NewTD;
7091 }
7092 
7093 
7094 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
7095 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
7096 ///
7097 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
7098 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
7099                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
7100                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
7101                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
7102   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
7103   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
7104   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
7105   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
7106   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
7107   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
7108   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
7109   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
7110   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
7111   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
7112   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
7113   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
7114   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
7115   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
7116   if (!isDefinition || (NewTag != TTK_Class && NewTag != TTK_Struct))
7117     if (OldTag == NewTag)
7118       return true;
7119 
7120   if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) &&
7121       (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) {
7122     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
7123     bool isTemplate = false;
7124     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
7125       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
7126 
7127     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
7128       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
7129       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
7130       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
7131         << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name;
7132       return true;
7133     }
7134 
7135     if (isDefinition) {
7136       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
7137       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
7138       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
7139         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
7140         return true;
7141       }
7142 
7143       bool previousMismatch = false;
7144       for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()),
7145            E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) {
7146         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
7147           if (!previousMismatch) {
7148             previousMismatch = true;
7149             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
7150               << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name;
7151           }
7152           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
7153             << (NewTag == TTK_Class)
7154             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
7155                                             NewTag == TTK_Class?
7156                                             "class" : "struct");
7157         }
7158       }
7159       return true;
7160     }
7161 
7162     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
7163     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
7164     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
7165     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
7166                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
7167     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
7168       return true;
7169     }
7170 
7171     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
7172       << (NewTag == TTK_Class)
7173       << isTemplate << &Name;
7174     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
7175 
7176     // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it.
7177     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
7178         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
7179           << (Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class)
7180           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
7181                         Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct");
7182     }
7183 
7184     return true;
7185   }
7186   return false;
7187 }
7188 
7189 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
7190 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
7191 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
7192 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
7193 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
7194                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7195                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
7196                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
7197                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
7198                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
7199                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
7200                      bool ScopedEnum, bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
7201                      TypeResult UnderlyingType) {
7202   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
7203   assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
7204          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
7205   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
7206 
7207   OwnedDecl = false;
7208   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
7209 
7210   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
7211   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
7212   bool Invalid = false;
7213 
7214   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
7215   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
7216   // for non-C++ cases.
7217   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
7218       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
7219     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
7220           = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS,
7221                                                 TemplateParameterLists.get(),
7222                                                 TemplateParameterLists.size(),
7223                                                     TUK == TUK_Friend,
7224                                                     isExplicitSpecialization,
7225                                                     Invalid)) {
7226       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
7227         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
7228         // be a member of another template).
7229 
7230         if (Invalid)
7231           return 0;
7232 
7233         OwnedDecl = false;
7234         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
7235                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
7236                                                TemplateParams, AS,
7237                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
7238                                            TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1,
7239                  (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release());
7240         return Result.get();
7241       } else {
7242         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
7243         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
7244           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
7245         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
7246       }
7247     }
7248   }
7249 
7250   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
7251   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
7252   // redeclaration.
7253   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
7254 
7255   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
7256     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
7257       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
7258       // type, default to int.
7259       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
7260     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
7261       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
7262       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
7263       TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0;
7264       QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
7265       EnumUnderlying = TI;
7266 
7267       SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
7268 
7269       if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIntegralType(Context)) {
7270         Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying)
7271           << T;
7272         // Recover by falling back to int.
7273         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
7274       }
7275 
7276       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(UnderlyingLoc, TI,
7277                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
7278         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
7279 
7280     } else if (getLangOptions().Microsoft)
7281       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
7282       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
7283   }
7284 
7285   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
7286   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
7287   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
7288 
7289   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
7290   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
7291     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
7292 
7293   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
7294 
7295   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
7296     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
7297 
7298     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
7299     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
7300       Name = 0;
7301       goto CreateNewDecl;
7302     }
7303 
7304     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
7305     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
7306     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
7307       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
7308       if (!DC) {
7309         IsDependent = true;
7310         return 0;
7311       }
7312     } else {
7313       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
7314       if (!DC) {
7315         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
7316           << SS.getRange();
7317         return 0;
7318       }
7319     }
7320 
7321     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
7322       return 0;
7323 
7324     SearchDC = DC;
7325     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
7326     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
7327 
7328     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
7329       return 0;
7330 
7331     if (Previous.empty()) {
7332       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
7333       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
7334       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
7335       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
7336       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
7337       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
7338       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
7339           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
7340         IsDependent = true;
7341         return 0;
7342       }
7343 
7344       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
7345       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
7346         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
7347       Name = 0;
7348       Invalid = true;
7349       goto CreateNewDecl;
7350     }
7351   } else if (Name) {
7352     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
7353     // declaration or definition.
7354     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
7355     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
7356     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
7357     LookupName(Previous, S);
7358 
7359     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
7360         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
7361       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
7362       while (F.hasNext()) {
7363         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
7364         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
7365           F.erase();
7366       }
7367       F.done();
7368     }
7369 
7370     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
7371     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
7372       return 0;
7373 
7374     if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
7375       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
7376       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
7377       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
7378       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
7379       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
7380         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
7381     }
7382   } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
7383     // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its
7384     // initial context to the translation unit.
7385     SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
7386   }
7387 
7388   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
7389       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
7390     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
7391     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
7392     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
7393     Previous.clear();
7394   }
7395 
7396   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
7397       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
7398     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
7399     isStdBadAlloc = true;
7400 
7401     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
7402       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
7403       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
7404       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
7405       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
7406     }
7407   }
7408 
7409   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
7410   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
7411   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
7412   // there's a shadow friend decl.
7413   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
7414       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
7415     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
7416     assert(SS.isEmpty());
7417 
7418     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
7419       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
7420       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
7421       //
7422       //          class-key identifier
7423       //
7424       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
7425       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
7426       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
7427       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
7428       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
7429       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
7430       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
7431       //      declaration.
7432       //
7433       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
7434       // C structs and unions.
7435       //
7436       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
7437       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
7438       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
7439       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
7440       //
7441       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
7442       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
7443       //
7444       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
7445       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
7446       // lexical context,
7447       while (SearchDC->isRecord() || SearchDC->isTransparentContext())
7448         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
7449 
7450       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
7451       while (S->isClassScope() ||
7452              (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
7453               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
7454              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
7455              (S->getEntity() &&
7456               ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()))
7457         S = S->getParent();
7458     } else {
7459       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
7460       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
7461       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
7462       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
7463       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
7464       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
7465     }
7466 
7467     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
7468     // diagnose some problems.
7469     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
7470       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
7471       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
7472     }
7473   }
7474 
7475   if (!Previous.empty()) {
7476     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
7477 
7478     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
7479     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
7480     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
7481     // in C++.
7482     //
7483     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
7484     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
7485     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
7486     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
7487     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
7488       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
7489         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
7490           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
7491           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
7492               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
7493                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
7494             PrevDecl = Tag;
7495             Previous.clear();
7496             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
7497             Previous.resolveKind();
7498           }
7499         }
7500       }
7501     }
7502 
7503     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
7504       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
7505       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
7506       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
7507       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
7508           isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) {
7509         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
7510         // struct or something similar.
7511         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
7512                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
7513                                           *Name)) {
7514           bool SafeToContinue
7515             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
7516                Kind != TTK_Enum);
7517           if (SafeToContinue)
7518             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
7519               << Name
7520               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
7521                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
7522           else
7523             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
7524           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
7525 
7526           if (SafeToContinue)
7527             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
7528           else {
7529             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
7530             Name = 0;
7531             Previous.clear();
7532             Invalid = true;
7533           }
7534         }
7535 
7536         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
7537           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
7538 
7539           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
7540           // returning the previous declaration.
7541           if (ScopedEnum != PrevEnum->isScoped()) {
7542             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
7543               << PrevEnum->isScoped();
7544             Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
7545             return PrevTagDecl;
7546           }
7547           else if (EnumUnderlying && PrevEnum->isFixed()) {
7548             QualType T;
7549             if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
7550                 T = TI->getType();
7551             else
7552                 T = QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0);
7553 
7554             if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, PrevEnum->getIntegerType())) {
7555               Diag(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
7556                    diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
7557                 << T
7558                 << PrevEnum->getIntegerType();
7559               Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
7560               return PrevTagDecl;
7561             }
7562           }
7563           else if (!EnumUnderlying.isNull() != PrevEnum->isFixed()) {
7564             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
7565               << PrevEnum->isFixed();
7566             Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
7567             return PrevTagDecl;
7568           }
7569         }
7570 
7571         if (!Invalid) {
7572           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found.
7573 
7574           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
7575           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
7576           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
7577           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
7578           if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ||
7579                getLangOptions().Microsoft)) || TUK == TUK_Friend)
7580             return PrevTagDecl;
7581 
7582           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
7583           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
7584             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
7585               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
7586               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
7587               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
7588               if (!isExplicitSpecialization ||
7589                   !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) ||
7590                   cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
7591                                                == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) {
7592                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
7593                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
7594                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
7595                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
7596                 // references get the previous definition.
7597                 Name = 0;
7598                 Previous.clear();
7599                 Invalid = true;
7600               }
7601             } else {
7602               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
7603               // about a nested redefinition.
7604               const TagType *Tag
7605                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
7606               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
7607                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
7608                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
7609                      diag::note_previous_definition);
7610                 Name = 0;
7611                 Previous.clear();
7612                 Invalid = true;
7613               }
7614             }
7615 
7616             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
7617             // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
7618           }
7619         }
7620         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
7621         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
7622 
7623       } else {
7624         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
7625         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
7626         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
7627         // have distinct types.
7628         Previous.clear();
7629       }
7630       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
7631       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
7632       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
7633 
7634 
7635     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
7636     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
7637     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
7638     } else {
7639       assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus);
7640 
7641       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
7642       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
7643       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
7644       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
7645           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
7646         unsigned Kind = 0;
7647         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
7648         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
7649         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
7650         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
7651         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
7652         Invalid = true;
7653 
7654       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
7655       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
7656                                 isExplicitSpecialization)) {
7657         // do nothing
7658 
7659       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
7660       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
7661         unsigned Kind = 0;
7662         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
7663         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
7664         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
7665         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
7666         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
7667         Invalid = true;
7668 
7669       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
7670       // case here.
7671       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
7672         unsigned Kind = 0;
7673         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
7674         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
7675           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
7676         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
7677         Invalid = true;
7678 
7679       // Otherwise, diagnose.
7680       } else {
7681         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
7682         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
7683         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
7684         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
7685         Name = 0;
7686         Invalid = true;
7687       }
7688 
7689       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
7690       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
7691       Previous.clear();
7692     }
7693   }
7694 
7695 CreateNewDecl:
7696 
7697   TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
7698   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
7699     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
7700 
7701   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
7702   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
7703   // keyword.
7704   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
7705 
7706   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
7707   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
7708   // PrevDecl.
7709   TagDecl *New;
7710 
7711   bool IsForwardReference = false;
7712   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
7713     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
7714     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
7715     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
7716                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
7717                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
7718     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
7719     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
7720       TagDecl *Def;
7721       if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
7722         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
7723         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
7724       }
7725       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
7726         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
7727           << New;
7728         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
7729       } else {
7730         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
7731         if (getLangOptions().Microsoft)
7732           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
7733         else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
7734           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
7735         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
7736 
7737         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
7738         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
7739         // the declaration context.
7740         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
7741           IsForwardReference = true;
7742       }
7743     }
7744 
7745     if (EnumUnderlying) {
7746       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
7747       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
7748         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
7749       else
7750         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
7751       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
7752     }
7753 
7754   } else {
7755     // struct/union/class
7756 
7757     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
7758     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
7759     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
7760       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
7761       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
7762                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
7763 
7764       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
7765         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
7766     } else
7767       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
7768                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
7769   }
7770 
7771   // Maybe add qualifier info.
7772   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
7773     if (SS.isSet()) {
7774       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
7775       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
7776         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7777                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
7778                     (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release());
7779       }
7780     }
7781     else
7782       Invalid = true;
7783   }
7784 
7785   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
7786     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
7787     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
7788     //
7789     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
7790     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
7791     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
7792     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
7793     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
7794     // parsing of the struct).
7795     AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
7796 
7797     AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
7798   }
7799 
7800   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isModulePrivate())
7801     New->setModulePrivate();
7802   else if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
7803     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
7804       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
7805         << 2
7806         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
7807     else if (PrevDecl && !PrevDecl->isModulePrivate())
7808       diagnoseModulePrivateRedeclaration(New, PrevDecl, ModulePrivateLoc);
7809     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
7810     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
7811     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
7812     // foobar
7813     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
7814       New->setModulePrivate();
7815   }
7816 
7817   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
7818   // check the specialization.
7819   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
7820     Invalid = true;
7821 
7822   if (Invalid)
7823     New->setInvalidDecl();
7824 
7825   if (Attr)
7826     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
7827 
7828   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope
7829   // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function.
7830   if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
7831     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
7832 
7833   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
7834   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
7835   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7836 
7837   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
7838   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
7839   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
7840   // the tag name visible.
7841   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
7842     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() ||
7843                                getLangOptions().Microsoft);
7844 
7845   // Set the access specifier.
7846   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
7847     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
7848 
7849   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
7850     New->startDefinition();
7851 
7852   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
7853   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
7854     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
7855     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
7856     if (PrevDecl)
7857       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
7858 
7859     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
7860     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false);
7861     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
7862       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
7863         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
7864   } else if (Name) {
7865     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
7866     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
7867     if (IsForwardReference)
7868       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false);
7869 
7870   } else {
7871     CurContext->addDecl(New);
7872   }
7873 
7874   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
7875   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
7876     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
7877         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
7878         II->isStr("FILE"))
7879       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
7880 
7881   OwnedDecl = true;
7882   return New;
7883 }
7884 
7885 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
7886   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
7887   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
7888 
7889   // Enter the tag context.
7890   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
7891 }
7892 
7893 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
7894   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
7895          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
7896   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
7897   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
7898       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
7899   CurContext = OCD;
7900 }
7901 
7902 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
7903                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
7904                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
7905   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
7906   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
7907 
7908   FieldCollector->StartClass();
7909 
7910   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
7911     return;
7912 
7913   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
7914     Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context));
7915 
7916   // C++ [class]p2:
7917   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
7918   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
7919   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
7920   //   as if it were a public member name.
7921   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
7922     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
7923                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
7924                             Record->getIdentifier(),
7925                             /*PrevDecl=*/0,
7926                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
7927   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
7928   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
7929   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
7930   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
7931       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
7932   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
7933   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
7934          "Broken injected-class-name");
7935 }
7936 
7937 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
7938                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
7939   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
7940   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
7941   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
7942 
7943   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
7944     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
7945 
7946   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
7947   PopDeclContext();
7948 
7949   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
7950   Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
7951 }
7952 
7953 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
7954   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
7955   PopDeclContext();
7956 }
7957 
7958 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
7959   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
7960   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
7961   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
7962 
7963   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
7964   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
7965   // the FieldCollector.
7966 
7967   PopDeclContext();
7968 }
7969 
7970 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
7971 bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
7972                           QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth,
7973                           bool *ZeroWidth) {
7974   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
7975   if (ZeroWidth)
7976     *ZeroWidth = true;
7977 
7978   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
7979   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
7980   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
7981     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
7982     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
7983       return true;
7984     if (FieldName)
7985       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
7986         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
7987     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
7988       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
7989   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
7990                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
7991     return true;
7992 
7993   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
7994   // it now.
7995   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
7996     return false;
7997 
7998   llvm::APSInt Value;
7999   if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value))
8000     return true;
8001 
8002   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
8003     *ZeroWidth = false;
8004 
8005   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
8006   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
8007     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
8008 
8009   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
8010     if (FieldName)
8011       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
8012                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
8013     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
8014       << Value.toString(10);
8015   }
8016 
8017   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
8018     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
8019     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
8020       if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
8021         if (FieldName)
8022           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
8023             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
8024             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
8025 
8026         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
8027           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
8028       }
8029 
8030       if (FieldName)
8031         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
8032           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
8033           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
8034       else
8035         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
8036           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
8037     }
8038   }
8039 
8040   return false;
8041 }
8042 
8043 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
8044 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
8045 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
8046                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
8047   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
8048                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
8049                                /*HasInit=*/false, AS_public);
8050   return Res;
8051 }
8052 
8053 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
8054 ///
8055 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
8056                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
8057                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, bool HasInit,
8058                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
8059   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
8060   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
8061   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
8062 
8063   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
8064   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
8065   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
8066     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
8067 
8068     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
8069                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
8070       D.setInvalidType();
8071       T = Context.IntTy;
8072       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
8073     }
8074   }
8075 
8076   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
8077 
8078   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
8079     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
8080   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
8081     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
8082       << 2;
8083 
8084   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
8085   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
8086   LookupName(Previous, S);
8087   assert((Previous.empty() || Previous.isOverloadedResult() ||
8088           Previous.isSingleResult())
8089     && "Lookup of member name should be either overloaded, single or null");
8090 
8091   // If the name is overloaded then get any declaration else get the single result
8092   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.isOverloadedResult() ?
8093     Previous.getRepresentativeDecl() : Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
8094 
8095   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
8096     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
8097     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
8098     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
8099     PrevDecl = 0;
8100   }
8101 
8102   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
8103     PrevDecl = 0;
8104 
8105   bool Mutable
8106     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
8107   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin();
8108   FieldDecl *NewFD
8109     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, HasInit,
8110                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
8111 
8112   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
8113     Record->setInvalidDecl();
8114 
8115   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
8116     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
8117 
8118   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
8119     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
8120     // with the same name in the same scope.
8121   } else if (II) {
8122     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
8123   } else
8124     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
8125 
8126   return NewFD;
8127 }
8128 
8129 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
8130 ///
8131 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
8132 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
8133 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
8134 /// created.
8135 ///
8136 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
8137 ///
8138 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
8139 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
8140                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
8141                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
8142                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, bool HasInit,
8143                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
8144                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
8145                                 Declarator *D) {
8146   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
8147   bool InvalidDecl = false;
8148   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
8149 
8150   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
8151   // marking this declaration as invalid.
8152   if (T.isNull()) {
8153     InvalidDecl = true;
8154     T = Context.IntTy;
8155   }
8156 
8157   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
8158   if (!EltTy->isDependentType() &&
8159       RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
8160     // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
8161     Record->setInvalidDecl();
8162     InvalidDecl = true;
8163   }
8164 
8165   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
8166   // than a variably modified type.
8167   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
8168     bool SizeIsNegative;
8169     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
8170     QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context,
8171                                                            SizeIsNegative,
8172                                                            Oversized);
8173     if (!FixedTy.isNull()) {
8174       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
8175       T = FixedTy;
8176     } else {
8177       if (SizeIsNegative)
8178         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
8179       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
8180         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
8181           << Oversized.toString(10);
8182       else
8183         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
8184       InvalidDecl = true;
8185     }
8186   }
8187 
8188   // Fields can not have abstract class types
8189   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
8190                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8191                                              AbstractFieldType))
8192     InvalidDecl = true;
8193 
8194   bool ZeroWidth = false;
8195   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
8196   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth &&
8197       VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) {
8198     InvalidDecl = true;
8199     BitWidth = 0;
8200     ZeroWidth = false;
8201   }
8202 
8203   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
8204   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
8205     unsigned DiagID = 0;
8206     if (T->isReferenceType())
8207       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
8208     else if (T.isConstQualified())
8209       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
8210 
8211     if (DiagID) {
8212       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
8213       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
8214         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
8215       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
8216       Mutable = false;
8217       InvalidDecl = true;
8218     }
8219   }
8220 
8221   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
8222                                        BitWidth, Mutable, HasInit);
8223   if (InvalidDecl)
8224     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8225 
8226   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
8227     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
8228     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
8229     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8230   }
8231 
8232   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
8233     if (Record->isUnion()) {
8234       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
8235         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
8236         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
8237           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
8238           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
8239           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
8240           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
8241           // objects.
8242           if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
8243             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8244         }
8245       }
8246 
8247       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
8248       // the program is ill-formed.
8249       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
8250         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
8251           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
8252         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8253       }
8254     }
8255   }
8256 
8257   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
8258   // representation, not a parser representation.
8259   if (D)
8260     // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope?
8261     ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D);
8262 
8263   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
8264   // retainable type.
8265   if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
8266     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8267 
8268   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
8269     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
8270 
8271   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
8272   return NewFD;
8273 }
8274 
8275 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
8276   assert(FD);
8277   assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
8278 
8279   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
8280     return true;
8281 
8282   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
8283   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
8284     CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
8285     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
8286       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
8287       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
8288       // copy constructors.
8289 
8290       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
8291       if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor())
8292         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
8293       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
8294         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
8295       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment())
8296         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
8297       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor())
8298         member = CXXDestructor;
8299 
8300       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
8301         if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
8302           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
8303           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
8304           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
8305           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
8306           // members unavailable.
8307           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
8308           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
8309             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
8310               FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context,
8311                                   "this system field has retaining ownership"));
8312             return false;
8313           }
8314         }
8315 
8316         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
8317               << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
8318         DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member);
8319         return true;
8320       }
8321     }
8322   }
8323 
8324   return false;
8325 }
8326 
8327 /// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial
8328 /// special member, figure out why.
8329 void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) {
8330   QualType QT(T, 0U);
8331   CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl());
8332 
8333   // Check whether the member was user-declared.
8334   switch (member) {
8335   case CXXInvalid:
8336     break;
8337 
8338   case CXXDefaultConstructor:
8339     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) {
8340       typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter;
8341       for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){
8342         const FunctionDecl *body = 0;
8343         ci->hasBody(body);
8344         if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) {
8345           SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation();
8346           Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
8347           return;
8348         }
8349       }
8350 
8351       assert(0 && "found no user-declared constructors");
8352       return;
8353     }
8354     break;
8355 
8356   case CXXCopyConstructor:
8357     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) {
8358       SourceLocation CtorLoc =
8359         RD->getCopyConstructor(0)->getLocation();
8360       Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
8361       return;
8362     }
8363     break;
8364 
8365   case CXXMoveConstructor:
8366     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor()) {
8367       SourceLocation CtorLoc = RD->getMoveConstructor()->getLocation();
8368       Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
8369       return;
8370     }
8371     break;
8372 
8373   case CXXCopyAssignment:
8374     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) {
8375       // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy
8376       // assignment, not the type.
8377       SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin();
8378       Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
8379       return;
8380     }
8381     break;
8382 
8383   case CXXMoveAssignment:
8384     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment()) {
8385       SourceLocation AssignLoc = RD->getMoveAssignmentOperator()->getLocation();
8386       Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
8387       return;
8388     }
8389     break;
8390 
8391   case CXXDestructor:
8392     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
8393       SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation();
8394       Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
8395       return;
8396     }
8397     break;
8398   }
8399 
8400   typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter;
8401 
8402   // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction,
8403   // but not trivial destruction.
8404   if (member != CXXDestructor) {
8405     // Check for virtual bases.  vbases includes indirect virtual bases,
8406     // so we just iterate through the direct bases.
8407     for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi)
8408       if (bi->isVirtual()) {
8409         SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin();
8410         Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1;
8411         return;
8412       }
8413 
8414     // Check for virtual methods.
8415     typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter;
8416     for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me;
8417          ++mi) {
8418       if (mi->isVirtual()) {
8419         SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin();
8420         Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0;
8421         return;
8422       }
8423     }
8424   }
8425 
8426   bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const;
8427   switch (member) {
8428   case CXXDefaultConstructor:
8429     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDefaultConstructor; break;
8430   case CXXCopyConstructor:
8431     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break;
8432   case CXXCopyAssignment:
8433     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break;
8434   case CXXDestructor:
8435     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break;
8436   default:
8437     assert(0 && "unexpected special member"); return;
8438   }
8439 
8440   // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse).
8441   for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) {
8442     const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
8443     assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases");
8444     CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
8445     if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) {
8446       SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin();
8447       Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member;
8448       DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member);
8449       return;
8450     }
8451   }
8452 
8453   // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse).
8454   typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter;
8455   for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe;
8456        ++fi) {
8457     QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType());
8458     if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
8459       CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl());
8460 
8461       if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) {
8462         SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation();
8463         Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member;
8464         DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member);
8465         return;
8466       }
8467     }
8468 
8469     if (EltTy->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
8470       switch (EltTy.getObjCLifetime()) {
8471       case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
8472       case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
8473         break;
8474 
8475       case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
8476       case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
8477       case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
8478         Diag((*fi)->getLocation(), diag::note_nontrivial_objc_ownership)
8479           << QT << EltTy.getObjCLifetime();
8480         return;
8481       }
8482     }
8483   }
8484 
8485   assert(0 && "found no explanation for non-trivial member");
8486 }
8487 
8488 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
8489 ///  AST enum value.
8490 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
8491 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
8492   switch (ivarVisibility) {
8493   default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind");
8494   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
8495   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
8496   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
8497   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
8498   }
8499 }
8500 
8501 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
8502 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
8503 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
8504                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
8505                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
8506                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
8507 
8508   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
8509   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
8510   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
8511   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
8512 
8513   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
8514   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
8515 
8516   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
8517   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
8518 
8519   if (BitWidth) {
8520     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
8521     if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) {
8522       D.setInvalidType();
8523       BitWidth = 0;
8524     }
8525   } else {
8526     // Not a bitfield.
8527 
8528     // validate II.
8529 
8530   }
8531   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
8532     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
8533     D.setInvalidType();
8534   }
8535   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
8536   // than a variably modified type.
8537   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
8538     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
8539     D.setInvalidType();
8540   }
8541 
8542   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
8543   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
8544     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
8545                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
8546   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
8547   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
8548   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
8549   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
8550       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
8551     if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) {
8552     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
8553       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
8554       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
8555     }
8556     else
8557       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
8558   } else {
8559     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
8560         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
8561       if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
8562         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
8563         return 0;
8564       }
8565     }
8566     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
8567   }
8568 
8569   // Construct the decl.
8570   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
8571                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
8572                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
8573 
8574   if (II) {
8575     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
8576                                            ForRedeclaration);
8577     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
8578         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
8579       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
8580       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
8581       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
8582     }
8583   }
8584 
8585   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
8586   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
8587 
8588   if (D.isInvalidType())
8589     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
8590 
8591   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
8592   if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
8593     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
8594 
8595   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
8596     NewID->setModulePrivate();
8597 
8598   if (II) {
8599     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
8600     // these to the interface.
8601     S->AddDecl(NewID);
8602     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
8603   }
8604 
8605   return NewID;
8606 }
8607 
8608 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
8609 /// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class
8610 /// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
8611 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
8612 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
8613                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
8614   if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty())
8615     return;
8616 
8617   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
8618   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
8619 
8620   if (!Ivar->isBitField())
8621     return;
8622   uint64_t BitFieldSize =
8623     Ivar->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(Context).getZExtValue();
8624   if (BitFieldSize == 0)
8625     return;
8626   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
8627   if (!ID) {
8628     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
8629       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
8630         return;
8631     }
8632     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
8633     else
8634       return;
8635   }
8636   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
8637   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
8638   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
8639 
8640   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
8641                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0,
8642                               Context.CharTy,
8643                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
8644                                                                DeclLoc),
8645                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
8646                               true);
8647   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
8648 }
8649 
8650 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S,
8651                        SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
8652                        Decl **Fields, unsigned NumFields,
8653                        SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
8654                        AttributeList *Attr) {
8655   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
8656 
8657   // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a
8658   // redeclaration or some other bogus case.  Don't try to add fields to it.
8659   if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8660     return;
8661 
8662   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
8663   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
8664   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
8665 
8666   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
8667   bool ARCErrReported = false;
8668   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) {
8669     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Fields[i]);
8670 
8671     // Get the type for the field.
8672     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
8673 
8674     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
8675       // Remember all fields written by the user.
8676       RecFields.push_back(FD);
8677     }
8678 
8679     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
8680     // diagnostics about it.
8681     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8682       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8683       continue;
8684     }
8685 
8686     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
8687     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
8688     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
8689     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
8690     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
8691     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
8692     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
8693     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
8694     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
8695     //   array.
8696     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
8697       // Field declared as a function.
8698       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
8699         << FD->getDeclName();
8700       FD->setInvalidDecl();
8701       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8702       continue;
8703     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
8704                ((i == NumFields - 1 && !Record->isUnion()) ||
8705                 ((getLangOptions().Microsoft || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) &&
8706                  (i == NumFields - 1 || Record->isUnion())))) {
8707       // Flexible array member.
8708       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
8709       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
8710       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
8711       if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) {
8712         if (Record->isUnion())
8713           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms)
8714             << FD->getDeclName();
8715         else if (NumFields == 1)
8716           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms)
8717             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
8718       } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
8719         if (Record->isUnion())
8720           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu)
8721             << FD->getDeclName();
8722         else if (NumFields == 1)
8723           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu)
8724             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
8725       } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) {
8726         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct)
8727           << FD->getDeclName();
8728         FD->setInvalidDecl();
8729         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8730         continue;
8731       }
8732       if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() &&
8733           !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) {
8734         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type)
8735           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
8736         FD->setInvalidDecl();
8737         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8738         continue;
8739       }
8740       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
8741       if (Record)
8742         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
8743     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
8744                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
8745                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
8746       // Incomplete type
8747       FD->setInvalidDecl();
8748       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8749       continue;
8750     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
8751       if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
8752         // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
8753         if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
8754           Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
8755         } else {
8756           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
8757           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
8758           // structures.
8759           if (i != NumFields-1)
8760             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
8761               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
8762           else {
8763             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
8764             // other structs as an extension.
8765             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
8766               << FD->getDeclName();
8767             if (Record)
8768               Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
8769           }
8770         }
8771       }
8772       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
8773         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
8774     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
8775       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
8776       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
8777         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
8778       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
8779       FD->setType(T);
8780     }
8781     else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
8782       if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) {
8783         // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
8784         // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
8785         // so we just make the field unavailable.
8786         // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
8787         // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
8788         QualType T = FD->getType();
8789         Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
8790         if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
8791           SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
8792           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
8793             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
8794               FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context,
8795                                 "this system field has retaining ownership"));
8796             }
8797           } else {
8798             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct);
8799           }
8800           ARCErrReported = true;
8801         }
8802       }
8803       else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
8804                getLangOptions().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
8805                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
8806         if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
8807             FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
8808           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
8809         else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
8810           QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
8811           if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
8812               BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
8813             Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
8814           else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
8815                    BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
8816                  Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
8817         }
8818       }
8819     }
8820     // Keep track of the number of named members.
8821     if (FD->getIdentifier())
8822       ++NumNamedMembers;
8823   }
8824 
8825   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
8826   if (Record) {
8827     bool Completed = false;
8828     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
8829       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
8830         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
8831         UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions();
8832         for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end();
8833              I != E; ++I)
8834           Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess());
8835 
8836         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
8837           // Objective-C Automatic Reference Counting:
8838           //   If a class has a non-static data member of Objective-C pointer
8839           //   type (or array thereof), it is a non-POD type and its
8840           //   default constructor (if any), copy constructor, copy assignment
8841           //   operator, and destructor are non-trivial.
8842           //
8843           // This rule is also handled by CXXRecordDecl::completeDefinition().
8844           // However, here we check whether this particular class is only
8845           // non-POD because of the presence of an Objective-C pointer member.
8846           // If so, objects of this type cannot be shared between code compiled
8847           // with instant objects and code compiled with manual retain/release.
8848           if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
8849               CXXRecord->hasObjectMember() &&
8850               CXXRecord->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) {
8851             if (CXXRecord->isPOD()) {
8852               Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(),
8853                    diag::warn_arc_non_pod_class_with_object_member)
8854                << CXXRecord;
8855             } else {
8856               // FIXME: Fix-Its would be nice here, but finding a good location
8857               // for them is going to be tricky.
8858               if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyConstructor())
8859                 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(),
8860                      diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member)
8861                   << CXXRecord << 0;
8862               if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyAssignment())
8863                 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(),
8864                      diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member)
8865                 << CXXRecord << 1;
8866               if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialDestructor())
8867                 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(),
8868                      diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member)
8869                 << CXXRecord << 2;
8870             }
8871           }
8872 
8873           // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
8874           if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
8875               CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor())
8876             AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor());
8877 
8878           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
8879           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
8880 
8881           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
8882           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
8883           // problem now.
8884           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
8885             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
8886             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
8887 
8888             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
8889                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
8890                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
8891               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
8892                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
8893                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
8894                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
8895                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
8896                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
8897                   continue;
8898 
8899                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
8900                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
8901                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
8902                 //   program is ill-formed.
8903                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
8904                   << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
8905                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
8906                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
8907                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
8908                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
8909                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
8910                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
8911                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
8912                     << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
8913 
8914                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
8915               }
8916             }
8917             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
8918             Completed = true;
8919           }
8920         }
8921       }
8922     }
8923 
8924     if (!Completed)
8925       Record->completeDefinition();
8926 
8927     // Now that the record is complete, do any delayed exception spec checks
8928     // we were missing.
8929     while (!DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.empty()) {
8930       const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor =
8931               DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.back().first;
8932       if (Dtor->getParent() != Record)
8933         break;
8934 
8935       assert(!Dtor->getParent()->isDependentType() &&
8936           "Should not ever add destructors of templates into the list.");
8937       CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(Dtor,
8938           DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.back().second);
8939       DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.pop_back();
8940     }
8941 
8942   } else {
8943     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
8944       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
8945     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
8946       ID->setLocEnd(RBrac);
8947       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
8948       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
8949         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
8950         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
8951       }
8952       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
8953       // duplicates.
8954       if (ID->getSuperClass())
8955         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
8956     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
8957                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
8958       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
8959       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
8960         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
8961         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
8962         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
8963       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
8964     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
8965                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
8966       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
8967       // reported as errors elsewhere.
8968       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
8969       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
8970       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
8971       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
8972         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
8973         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
8974       }
8975     }
8976   }
8977 
8978   if (Attr)
8979     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
8980 
8981   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass,
8982   // set the visibility of this record.
8983   if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
8984     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record);
8985 }
8986 
8987 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
8988 /// the given type T.
8989 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
8990                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
8991                                         QualType T) {
8992   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
8993   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
8994 
8995   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
8996     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
8997       --BitWidth;
8998     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
8999   }
9000   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
9001 }
9002 
9003 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
9004 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
9005 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
9006   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
9007   // enum checking below.
9008   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
9009   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
9010   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
9011     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
9012   };
9013   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
9014     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
9015     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
9016   };
9017 
9018   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
9019   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
9020                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
9021   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
9022     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
9023       return Types[I];
9024 
9025   return QualType();
9026 }
9027 
9028 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
9029                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
9030                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
9031                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
9032                                           Expr *Val) {
9033   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
9034   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
9035   QualType EltTy;
9036 
9037   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
9038     Val = 0;
9039 
9040   if (Val) {
9041     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
9042       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
9043     else {
9044       // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
9045       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
9046       if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
9047           VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) {
9048         Val = 0;
9049       } else {
9050         if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
9051           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
9052           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
9053           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
9054           //   representable as an int.
9055 
9056           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
9057           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
9058             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
9059               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
9060               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
9061           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
9062             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
9063             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
9064           }
9065         }
9066 
9067         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
9068           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
9069 
9070           // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
9071           //   ... if the initializing value of an enumerator cannot be
9072           //   represented by the underlying type, the program is ill-formed.
9073           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
9074             if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) {
9075               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
9076               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
9077             } else
9078               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large)
9079                 << EltTy;
9080           } else
9081             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
9082         }
9083         else {
9084           // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
9085           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
9086           //   is the type of its initializing value:
9087           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
9088           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
9089           EltTy = Val->getType();
9090         }
9091       }
9092     }
9093   }
9094 
9095   if (!Val) {
9096     if (Enum->isDependentType())
9097       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
9098     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
9099       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
9100       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
9101       //   is the type of its initializing value:
9102       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
9103       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
9104       //
9105       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
9106       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
9107       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
9108         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
9109       }
9110       else {
9111         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
9112       }
9113     } else {
9114       // Assign the last value + 1.
9115       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
9116       ++EnumVal;
9117       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
9118 
9119       // Check for overflow on increment.
9120       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
9121         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
9122         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
9123         //   is the type of its initializing value:
9124         //
9125         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
9126         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
9127         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
9128         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
9129         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
9130         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
9131         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
9132         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
9133           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
9134           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
9135           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
9136           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
9137           ++EnumVal;
9138           if (Enum->isFixed())
9139             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
9140             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
9141               << EnumVal.toString(10)
9142               << EltTy;
9143           else
9144             Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large)
9145               << EnumVal.toString(10);
9146         } else {
9147           EltTy = T;
9148         }
9149 
9150         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
9151         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
9152         // value, then increment.
9153         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
9154         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
9155         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
9156         ++EnumVal;
9157 
9158         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
9159         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
9160         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
9161         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
9162         // integral type.
9163         if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
9164           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
9165       } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
9166                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
9167         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
9168         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
9169           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
9170       }
9171     }
9172   }
9173 
9174   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
9175     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
9176     // enumerator's type.
9177     EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
9178     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
9179   }
9180 
9181   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
9182                                   Val, EnumVal);
9183 }
9184 
9185 
9186 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
9187                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
9188                               AttributeList *Attr,
9189                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *val) {
9190   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
9191   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
9192     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
9193   Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val);
9194 
9195   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
9196   // we find one that is.
9197   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
9198 
9199   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
9200   // scope.
9201   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
9202                                          ForRedeclaration);
9203   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9204     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9205     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
9206     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9207     PrevDecl = 0;
9208   }
9209 
9210   if (PrevDecl) {
9211     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
9212     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
9213     assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
9214            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
9215     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
9216       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
9217         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
9218       else
9219         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
9220       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9221       return 0;
9222     }
9223   }
9224 
9225   // C++ [class.mem]p13:
9226   //   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
9227   //   name different from T:
9228   //     - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated
9229   //       type
9230   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
9231                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
9232                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
9233     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
9234       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
9235 
9236   EnumConstantDecl *New =
9237     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
9238 
9239   if (New) {
9240     // Process attributes.
9241     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
9242 
9243     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
9244     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
9245     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
9246   }
9247 
9248   return New;
9249 }
9250 
9251 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
9252                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
9253                          Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements,
9254                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
9255   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
9256   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
9257 
9258   if (Attr)
9259     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
9260 
9261   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
9262     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
9263       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
9264         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
9265       if (!ECD) continue;
9266 
9267       ECD->setType(EnumType);
9268     }
9269 
9270     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
9271     return;
9272   }
9273 
9274   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
9275   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
9276   // emit a warning.
9277   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
9278   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
9279   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
9280 
9281   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
9282   // reverse the list.
9283   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
9284   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
9285 
9286   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
9287   bool AllElementsInt = true;
9288 
9289   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
9290     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
9291       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
9292     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
9293 
9294     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
9295 
9296     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
9297     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
9298       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
9299                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
9300     else
9301       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
9302                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
9303 
9304     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
9305     if (AllElementsInt)
9306       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
9307   }
9308 
9309   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
9310   QualType BestType;
9311   unsigned BestWidth;
9312 
9313   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
9314   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
9315   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
9316   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
9317   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
9318   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
9319   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
9320   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
9321   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
9322   QualType BestPromotionType;
9323 
9324   bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false;
9325   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
9326   // enum definitions.
9327   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
9328     Packed = true;
9329 
9330   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
9331     BestType = BestPromotionType = Enum->getIntegerType();
9332     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
9333     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
9334     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
9335     BestWidth = CharWidth;
9336   }
9337   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
9338     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
9339     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
9340     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
9341     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
9342       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
9343       BestWidth = CharWidth;
9344     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
9345                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
9346       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
9347       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
9348     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
9349       BestType = Context.IntTy;
9350       BestWidth = IntWidth;
9351     } else {
9352       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
9353 
9354       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
9355         BestType = Context.LongTy;
9356       } else {
9357         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
9358 
9359         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
9360           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large);
9361         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
9362       }
9363     }
9364     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
9365   } else {
9366     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
9367     // all of the enumerator values.
9368     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
9369     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
9370       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
9371       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
9372       BestWidth = CharWidth;
9373     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
9374       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
9375       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
9376       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
9377     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
9378       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
9379       BestWidth = IntWidth;
9380       BestPromotionType
9381         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
9382                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
9383     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
9384                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
9385       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
9386       BestPromotionType
9387         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
9388                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
9389     } else {
9390       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
9391       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
9392              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
9393       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
9394       BestPromotionType
9395         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
9396                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
9397     }
9398   }
9399 
9400   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
9401   // the type of the enum if needed.
9402   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
9403     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
9404     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
9405 
9406     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
9407     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
9408     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
9409     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
9410     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
9411 
9412     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
9413     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
9414 
9415     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
9416     // the enum decl type.
9417     QualType NewTy;
9418     unsigned NewWidth;
9419     bool NewSign;
9420     if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
9421         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
9422       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
9423       NewWidth = IntWidth;
9424       NewSign = true;
9425     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
9426       // Already the right type!
9427       if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
9428         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
9429         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
9430         // enumeration.
9431         ECD->setType(EnumType);
9432       continue;
9433     } else {
9434       NewTy = BestType;
9435       NewWidth = BestWidth;
9436       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
9437     }
9438 
9439     // Adjust the APSInt value.
9440     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
9441     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
9442     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
9443 
9444     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
9445     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
9446         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
9447       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
9448                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
9449                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
9450                                                 /*base paths*/ 0,
9451                                                 VK_RValue));
9452     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
9453       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
9454       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
9455       // enumeration.
9456       ECD->setType(EnumType);
9457     else
9458       ECD->setType(NewTy);
9459   }
9460 
9461   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
9462                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
9463 }
9464 
9465 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
9466                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
9467                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
9468   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
9469 
9470   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
9471                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
9472                                                    EndLoc);
9473   CurContext->addDecl(New);
9474   return New;
9475 }
9476 
9477 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc,
9478                                    IdentifierInfo &ModuleName,
9479                                    SourceLocation ModuleNameLoc) {
9480   ModuleKey Module = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc,
9481                                                      ModuleName, ModuleNameLoc);
9482   if (!Module)
9483     return true;
9484 
9485   // FIXME: Actually create a declaration to describe the module import.
9486   (void)Module;
9487   return DeclResult((Decl *)0);
9488 }
9489 
9490 void
9491 Sema::diagnoseModulePrivateRedeclaration(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old,
9492                                          SourceLocation ModulePrivateKeyword) {
9493   assert(!Old->isModulePrivate() && "Old is module-private!");
9494 
9495   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_follows_public)
9496     << New->getDeclName() << SourceRange(ModulePrivateKeyword);
9497   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
9498     << Old->getDeclName();
9499 
9500   // Drop the __module_private__ from the new declaration, since it's invalid.
9501   New->setModulePrivate(false);
9502 }
9503 
9504 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
9505                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
9506                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
9507   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
9508 
9509   if (PrevDecl) {
9510     PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context));
9511   } else {
9512     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
9513       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
9514         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc)));
9515   }
9516 }
9517 
9518 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
9519                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
9520                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
9521                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
9522                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
9523   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
9524                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
9525   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
9526 
9527   if (PrevDecl) {
9528     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
9529       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
9530         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
9531   } else {
9532     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
9533       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
9534   }
9535 }
9536 
9537 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
9538   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
9539 }
9540